<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE ONIXMessage SYSTEM "http://www.editeur.org/onix/2.1/02/reference/onix-international.dtd">
<ONIXMessage>
<Header>
<FromCompany>Cambridge University Press Australia</FromCompany>
<FromPerson>Cambridge Datashop (datashop@cambridge.org)</FromPerson>
<SentDate>20100809</SentDate>
<MessageNote>This data is Copyright to Cambridge University Press. Cambridge University Press makes no guarantee of the accuracy or the timeliness of production. It is supplied for your exclusive use as our customer and only for the purpose of facilitating the ordering of these books (authorised purpose). While it may be copied once for the authorised purpose, written permission from Cambridge University Press must be obtained for any other use. If you were not an intended recipient, you must notify the sender and delete all copies.</MessageNote>
</Header>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052114003X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140034</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140034</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Art of Great Speeches</TitleText>
<Subtitle>and why we remember them</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140034</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Glover, Dennis</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What makes a great speech 'great'? The Art of Great Speeches uses insights from classical thinkers to reveal how great orators such as Barack Obama, Martin Luther King, the Kennedys, Al Gore and Hitler persuade their audiences so convincingly. Featuring excerpts of 70 of the world's greatest speeches in history and drama, this fascinating book breaks down the key elements of classical and modern oratory to reveal the rhetorical techniques that make them so memorable. It shows how master speechwriters connect with their audiences, seize a moment, project character, use facts convincingly and destroy their opponents' arguments as they try to force the hand of history or create memorable drama. Part history, part defence of oratory, part call for political inspiration, part professional handbook, The Art of Great Speeches does what no other book does – it explains why these speeches are great.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40034/cover/9780521140034.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101214</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521146976</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146975</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521146975</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Importance of Being Innocent</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Why We Worry About Children</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521146975</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Faulkner, Joanne</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>160</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JHB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Importance of Being Innocent addresses the current debate in Australia and internationally regarding the sexualisation of children, predation on them by pedophiles, and the risks apparently posed to their 'innate innocence' by perceived problems and threats in contemporary society. Joanne Faulkner argues that, contrary to popular opinion,  social issues have been sensationally expounded in moral panics about children who are often presented as alternatively obese, binge-drinking and drug-using, self-harming, neglected, abused, medicated and driven to anti-social behaviour by TV and computers. This erudite and thought-provoking book instead suggests that modern western society has reacted to problems plaguing the adult world by fetishising children as innocents, who must be protected from social realities. Taking a philosophical and sociological perspective, it outlines the various historical trends, emotional investments and social tensions that shape contemporary ideas about what childhood represents, and our responsibilities in regard to children.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/46975/cover/9780521146975.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>34.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521138043</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>01</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138048</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138048</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Labor's Conflict</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Big Business, Workers and the Politics of Class</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521138048</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bramble, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kuhn, Rick</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Once widely regarded as the workers' greatest hope for a better world, the ALP today would rather project itself as a responsible manager of Australian capitalism. Labor's Conflict: Big Business, Workers and the Politics of Class provides an account of the transformations in the Party's policies, performances and structures since its formation. Seasoned political theorists, the authors offer an incisive appraisal of the Party's successes and failures, betrayals and electoral triumphs in terms of its competing ties with bosses and workers. Commencing with the ALP's 'evolution' in response to major social upheaval and events, from the strikes of the 1890s, through two World Wars, the Great Depression, and the post-war boom, the early chapters outline diverse approaches to understanding the Party's core. The performance of Australian governments are then reviewed, drawing to a compelling conclusion that offers alternatives to the Australian Labor Party, for those interested in progressive change.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/38048/cover/9780521138048.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521527856</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521527859</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521527859</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Dictionary of Christianity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521527859</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Patte, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Cambridge Dictionary of Christianity is an authoritative reference guide that enables students, their teachers, and Christian clergy to reflect critically upon all aspects of Christianity from its origins to the present day. Written by a team of 800 scholars and practitioners from around the world, the volume reflects the plurality of Christianity throughout its history.  Key features: • Offers a presentation of the Christian beliefs and practices of all major Christian traditions in each continent and each nation • Highlights the different understandings of Christian beliefs and practices in different historical, cultural, religious, denominational, and secular contexts • Includes entries on methodology and the plurality of approaches that are used in the study of Christianity • Combines several approaches - including anthropological, cultural studies, ecumenical, and interfaith - to each Christian tradition • Respects each Christian tradition, through the self-presentation of Christianity in each country or Christian tradition  • Includes clusters of entries on beliefs and practices, each presenting the understanding of a given Christian belief or practice in different historical and contemporary contexts • Demonstrates the relationship and interaction of Christianity with other religious traditions in various parts of the world • Provides a full bibliography on all topics covered in the volume</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/27859/cover/9780521527859.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521820960</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521820967</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521820967</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Dictionary of Christianity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521820967</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Patte, Daniel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRCM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Cambridge Dictionary of Christianity is an authoritative reference guide that enables students, their teachers, and Christian clergy to reflect critically upon all aspects of Christianity from its origins to the present day. Written by a team of 800 scholars and practitioners from around the world, the volume reflects the plurality of Christianity throughout its history.  Key features: • Offers a presentation of the Christian beliefs and practices of all major Christian traditions in each continent and each nation • Highlights the different understandings of Christian beliefs and practices in different historical, cultural, religious, denominational, and secular contexts • Includes entries on methodology and the plurality of approaches that are used in the study of Christianity • Combines several approaches - including anthropological, cultural studies, ecumenical, and interfaith - to each Christian tradition • Respects each Christian tradition, through the self-presentation of Christianity in each country or Christian tradition  • Includes clusters of entries on beliefs and practices, each presenting the understanding of a given Christian belief or practice in different historical and contemporary contexts • Demonstrates the relationship and interaction of Christianity with other religious traditions in various parts of the world • Provides a full bibliography on all topics covered in the volume</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/20967/cover/9780521820967.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>275.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521136059</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136051</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136051</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to British Romanticism</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521136051</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Curran, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This new edition of The Cambridge Companion to British Romanticism has been fully revised and updated and includes two wholly new essays, one on recent developments in the field, and one on the rapidly expanding publishing industry of this period. It also features a comprehensive chronology and a fully up-to-date guide to further reading. For the past decade and more the Companion has been a much-admired and widely-used account of the phenomenon of British Romanticism that has inspired students to look at Romantic literature from a variety of critical angles and approaches. In this new incarnation, the volume will continue to be a standard guide for students of Romantic literature and its contexts.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/36051/cover/9780521136051.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100929</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521199247</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199247</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521199247</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to British Romanticism</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521199247</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Curran, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>322</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This new edition of The Cambridge Companion to British Romanticism has been fully revised and updated and includes two wholly new essays, one on recent developments in the field, and one on the rapidly expanding publishing industry of this period. It also features a comprehensive chronology and a fully up-to-date guide to further reading. For the past decade and more the Companion has been a much-admired and widely-used account of the phenomenon of British Romanticism that has inspired students to look at Romantic literature from a variety of critical angles and approaches. In this new incarnation, the volume will continue to be a standard guide for students of Romantic literature and its contexts.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/99247/cover/9780521199247.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521687101</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687102</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521687102</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Gabriel Garciá Márquez</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521687102</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Swanson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Gabriel García Márquez is Latin America's most internationally famous and successful author, and a winner of the Nobel Prize. His oeuvre of great modern novels includes One Hundred Years of Solitude and Love in the Time of Cholera. His name has become closely associated with Magical Realism, a phenomenon that has been immensely influential in world literature. This Companion includes new and probing readings of all of García Márquez's works, by leading international specialists. His life in Colombia, the context of Latin American history and culture, key themes in his works and their critical reception are explored in detail. Written for students and readers of García Márquez, the Companion is accessible for non-Spanish speakers and features a chronology and a guide to further reading. This insightful and lively book will provide an invaluable framework for the further study and enjoyment of this major figure in world literature.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/87102/cover/9780521687102.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521867495</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521867498</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521867498</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Gabriel Garciá Márquez</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521867498</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Swanson, Philip</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Gabriel García Márquez is Latin America's most internationally famous and successful author, and a winner of the Nobel Prize. His oeuvre of great modern novels includes One Hundred Years of Solitude and Love in the Time of Cholera. His name has become closely associated with Magical Realism, a phenomenon that has been immensely influential in world literature. This Companion includes new and probing readings of all of García Márquez's works, by leading international specialists. His life in Colombia, the context of Latin American history and culture, key themes in his works and their critical reception are explored in detail. Written for students and readers of García Márquez, the Companion is accessible for non-Spanish speakers and features a chronology and a guide to further reading. This insightful and lively book will provide an invaluable framework for the further study and enjoyment of this major figure in world literature.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/67498/cover/9780521867498.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521678463</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521678469</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521678469</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Machiavelli</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521678469</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Najemy, John M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Niccolò Machiavelli (1469–1527) is the most famous and controversial figure in the history of political thought and one of the iconic names of the Renaissance. The Cambridge Companion to Machiavelli brings together sixteen original essays by leading experts, covering his life, his career in Florentine government, his reaction to the dramatic changes that affected Florence and Italy in his lifetime, and the most prominent themes of his thought, including the founding, evolution, and corruption of republics and principalities, class conflict, liberty, arms, religion, ethics, rhetoric, gender, and the Renaissance dialogue with antiquity. In his own time Machiavelli was recognized as an original thinker who provocatively challenged conventional wisdom. With penetrating analyses of The Prince, Discourses on Livy, Art of War, Florentine Histories, and his plays and poetry, this book offers a vivid portrait of this extraordinary thinker as well as assessments of his place in Western thought since the Renaissance.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/78469/cover/9780521678469.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052186125X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521861250</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521861250</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Machiavelli</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521861250</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Najemy, John M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>304</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Niccolò Machiavelli (1469–1527) is the most famous and controversial figure in the history of political thought and one of the iconic names of the Renaissance. The Cambridge Companion to Machiavelli brings together sixteen original essays by leading experts, covering his life, his career in Florentine government, his reaction to the dramatic changes that affected Florence and Italy in his lifetime, and the most prominent themes of his thought, including the founding, evolution, and corruption of republics and principalities, class conflict, liberty, arms, religion, ethics, rhetoric, gender, and the Renaissance dialogue with antiquity. In his own time Machiavelli was recognized as an original thinker who provocatively challenged conventional wisdom. With penetrating analyses of The Prince, Discourses on Livy, Art of War, Florentine Histories, and his plays and poetry, this book offers a vivid portrait of this extraordinary thinker as well as assessments of his place in Western thought since the Renaissance.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/61250/cover/9780521861250.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052168305X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521683050</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521683050</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Edward Said</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521683050</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, Conor</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>170</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>One of the most famous literary critics of the twentieth century, Edward Said's work has been hugely influential far beyond academia. As a prominent advocate for the Palestinian cause and a noted music critic, Said redefined the role of the public intellectual. In his books, as scholarly as they are readable, he challenged conventional critical demarcations between disciplines. His major opus, Orientalism, is a key text in postcolonial studies that continues to influence as well as challenge scholars in the field. Conor McCarthy introduces the reader to Said's major works and examines how his work and life were intertwined. He explains recurring themes in Said's writings on literature and empire, on intellectuals and literary theory, on music and on the Israel/Palestine conflict. This concise, informative and clearly written introduction for students beginning to study Said is ideally set up to explain the complexities of his work to new audiences.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/83050/cover/9780521683050.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>29.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521864534</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521864534</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521864534</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Introduction to Edward Said</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521864534</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McCarthy, Conor</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>170</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>D</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>One of the most famous literary critics of the twentieth century, Edward Said's work has been hugely influential far beyond academia. As a prominent advocate for the Palestinian cause and a noted music critic, Said redefined the role of the public intellectual. In his books, as scholarly as they are readable, he challenged conventional critical demarcations between disciplines. His major opus, Orientalism, is a key text in postcolonial studies that continues to influence as well as challenge scholars in the field. Conor McCarthy introduces the reader to Said's major works and examines how his work and life were intertwined. He explains recurring themes in Said's writings on literature and empire, on intellectuals and literary theory, on music and on the Israel/Palestine conflict. This concise, informative and clearly written introduction for students beginning to study Said is ideally set up to explain the complexities of his work to new audiences.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/64534/cover/9780521864534.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521689740</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521689748</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521689748</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Guide to Jewish History, Religion, and Culture</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521689748</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baskin, Judith R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Seeskin, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>594</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Cambridge Guide to Jewish History, Religion, and Culture is a comprehensive and engaging overview of Jewish life, from its origins in the ancient Near East to its impact on contemporary popular culture. The twenty-one essays, arranged historically and thematically, and written specially for this volume by leading scholars, examine the development of Judaism and the evolution of Jewish history and culture over many centuries and in a range of locales. They emphasize the ongoing diversity and creativity of the Jewish experience. Unlike previous anthologies, which concentrate on elite groups and expressions of a male-oriented rabbinic culture, this volume also includes the range of experiences of ordinary people and looks at the lives and achievements of women in every place and era. The many illustrations, maps, timeline, and glossary of important terms enhance this book's accessibility to students and general readers.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/89748/cover/9780521689748.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100910</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521869609</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521869607</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521869607</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Guide to Jewish History, Religion, and Culture</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521869607</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baskin, Judith R.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Seeskin, Kenneth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>594</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Cambridge Guide to Jewish History, Religion, and Culture is a comprehensive and engaging overview of Jewish life, from its origins in the ancient Near East to its impact on contemporary popular culture. The twenty-one essays, arranged historically and thematically, and written specially for this volume by leading scholars, examine the development of Judaism and the evolution of Jewish history and culture over many centuries and in a range of locales. They emphasize the ongoing diversity and creativity of the Jewish experience. Unlike previous anthologies, which concentrate on elite groups and expressions of a male-oriented rabbinic culture, this volume also includes the range of experiences of ordinary people and looks at the lives and achievements of women in every place and era. The many illustrations, maps, timeline, and glossary of important terms enhance this book's accessibility to students and general readers.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/89748/cover/9780521689748.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>215.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521747554</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747554</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747554</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Myth of the Ethical Consumer Paperback with DVD</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521747554</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Devinney, Timothy M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Auger, Pat</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Eckhardt, Giana M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Do consumers really care where products come from and how they are made? Is there such a thing as an 'ethical consumer'? Corporations and policy makers are bombarded with international surveys purporting to show that most consumers want ethical products. Yet when companies offer such products they are often met with indifference and limited uptake. It seems that survey radicals turn into economic conservatives at the checkout. This book reveals not only why the search for the 'ethical consumer' is futile but also why the social aspects of consumption cannot be ignored. Consumers are revealed to be much more deliberative and sophisticated in how they do or do not incorporate social factors into their decision making. Using first-hand findings and extensive research, The Myth of the Ethical Consumer provides academics, students and leaders in corporations and NGOs with an enlightening picture of the interface between social causes and consumption.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/47554/cover/9780521747554.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100925</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052176694X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766944</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766944</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>WW</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Myth of the Ethical Consumer Hardback with DVD</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766944</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Devinney, Timothy M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Auger, Pat</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Eckhardt, Giana M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Do consumers really care where products come from and how they are made? Is there such a thing as an 'ethical consumer'? Corporations and policy makers are bombarded with international surveys purporting to show that most consumers want ethical products. Yet when companies offer such products they are often met with indifference and limited uptake. It seems that survey radicals turn into economic conservatives at the checkout. This book reveals not only why the search for the 'ethical consumer' is futile but also why the social aspects of consumption cannot be ignored. Consumers are revealed to be much more deliberative and sophisticated in how they do or do not incorporate social factors into their decision making. Using first-hand findings and extensive research, The Myth of the Ethical Consumer provides academics, students and leaders in corporations and NGOs with an enlightening picture of the interface between social causes and consumption.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/66944/cover/9780521766944.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100808</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521711541</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521711548</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521711548</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Critical Introduction to Mao</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521711548</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cheek, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Mao Zedong's political career spanned more than half a century. The ideas he championed transformed one of the largest nations on earth and inspired revolutionary movements across the world. Even today Mao lives on in China, where he is regarded by many as a near-mythical figure, and in the West, where a burgeoning literature continues to debate his memory. In this book, leading scholars from different generations and around the world offer a critical evaluation of the life and legacy of China's most famous - some would say infamous - son. The book brings the scholarship on Mao up to date, and its alternative perspectives equip readers to assess for themselves the nature of this mercurial figure and his significance in modern Chinese history.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/11548/cover/9780521711548.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521884624</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521884624</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521884624</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Critical Introduction to Mao</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521884624</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cheek, Timothy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Mao Zedong's political career spanned more than half a century. The ideas he championed transformed one of the largest nations on earth and inspired revolutionary movements across the world. Even today Mao lives on in China, where he is regarded by many as a near-mythical figure, and in the West, where a burgeoning literature continues to debate his memory. In this book, leading scholars from different generations and around the world offer a critical evaluation of the life and legacy of China's most famous - some would say infamous - son. The book brings the scholarship on Mao up to date, and its alternative perspectives equip readers to assess for themselves the nature of this mercurial figure and his significance in modern Chinese history.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/84624/cover/9780521884624.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521144108</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144100</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144100</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Chinese People at War</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Human Suffering and Social Transformation, 1937–1945</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521144100</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lary, Diana</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Diana Lary, one of the foremost historians of the period, tells the tragic history of China's War of Resistance and its consequences from the perspective of those who went through it. Using archival evidence only recently made available, interviews with survivors, and extracts from literature, she creates a vivid and highly disturbing picture of the havoc created by the war, the destruction of towns and villages, the displacement of peoples, and the accompanying economic and social disintegration. As the author suggests in a new interpretation of modern Chinese history, far from stemming the spread of communism from the USSR, which was the Japanese pretext for invasion, the horrors of the war, and the damage it created, nurtured the Chinese Communist Party and helped it to win power in 1949.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/44100/cover/9780521144100.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195063</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195065</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195065</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Chinese People at War</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Human Suffering and Social Transformation, 1937–1945</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195065</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lary, Diana</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Diana Lary, one of the foremost historians of the period, tells the tragic history of China's War of Resistance and its consequences from the perspective of those who went through it. Using archival evidence only recently made available, interviews with survivors, and extracts from literature, she creates a vivid and highly disturbing picture of the havoc created by the war, the destruction of towns and villages, the displacement of peoples, and the accompanying economic and social disintegration. As the author suggests in a new interpretation of modern Chinese history, far from stemming the spread of communism from the USSR, which was the Japanese pretext for invasion, the horrors of the war, and the damage it created, nurtured the Chinese Communist Party and helped it to win power in 1949.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95065/cover/9780521195065.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100804</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521729777</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521729772</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521729772</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Papacy since 1500</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Italian Prince to Universal Pastor</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521729772</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Corkery, James</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Worcester, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>These original essays offer thought-provoking perspectives on the complex evolution of the papacy in the last 500 years, from the Pope as an Italian Renaissance prince to the Pope as a universal pastor concerned with the well-being and salvation of human beings everywhere on earth. Structured by detailed studies of some of the most significant Popes in this evolution, this volume explores how papal policies and actions were received as the Popes sought to respond to the political, cultural, and social circumstances of their time. Included are essays examining pontificates from that of Julius II, warrior as well as patron of the arts, to the era of the French Revolution and Napoleon, to Paul VI's pleas for peace during the Cold War, and to John Paul II's itinerant, prophetic, and hierarchical model of a pastoral papacy in the age of television and the internet.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/29772/cover/9780521729772.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521509874</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521509879</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521509879</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Papacy since 1500</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Italian Prince to Universal Pastor</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521509879</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Corkery, James</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Worcester, Thomas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>These original essays offer thought-provoking perspectives on the complex evolution of the papacy in the last 500 years, from the Pope as an Italian Renaissance prince to the Pope as a universal pastor concerned with the well-being and salvation of human beings everywhere on earth. Structured by detailed studies of some of the most significant Popes in this evolution, this volume explores how papal policies and actions were received as the Popes sought to respond to the political, cultural, and social circumstances of their time. Included are essays examining pontificates from that of Julius II, warrior as well as patron of the arts, to the era of the French Revolution and Napoleon, to Paul VI's pleas for peace during the Cold War, and to John Paul II's itinerant, prophetic, and hierarchical model of a pastoral papacy in the age of television and the internet.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/09879/cover/9780521509879.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521728363</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728362</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728362</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Confronting Evils</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Terrorism, Torture, Genocide</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521728362</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Card, Claudia</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this new contribution to philosophical ethics, Claudia Card revisits the theory of evil developed in her earlier book The Atrocity Paradigm (2002), and expands it to consider collectively perpetrated and collectively suffered atrocities. Redefining evil as a secular concept and focusing on the inexcusability - rather than the culpability - of atrocities, Card examines the tension between responding to evils and preserving humanitarian values. This stimulating and often provocative book contends that understanding the evils in terrorism, torture and genocide enables us to recognise similar evils in everyday life: daily life under oppressive regimes and in racist environments; violence against women, including in the home; violence and executions in prisons; hate crimes; and violence against animals. Card analyses torture, terrorism and genocide in the light of recent atrocities, considering whether there can be moral justifications for terrorism and torture, and providing conceptual tools to distinguish genocide from non-genocidal mass slaughter.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/28362/cover/9780521728362.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100929</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521899613</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521899611</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521899611</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Confronting Evils</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Terrorism, Torture, Genocide</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521899611</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Card, Claudia</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>350</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPQ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this new contribution to philosophical ethics, Claudia Card revisits the theory of evil developed in her earlier book The Atrocity Paradigm (2002), and expands it to consider collectively perpetrated and collectively suffered atrocities. Redefining evil as a secular concept and focusing on the inexcusability - rather than the culpability - of atrocities, Card examines the tension between responding to evils and preserving humanitarian values. This stimulating and often provocative book contends that understanding the evils in terrorism, torture and genocide enables us to recognise similar evils in everyday life: daily life under oppressive regimes and in racist environments; violence against women, including in the home; violence and executions in prisons; hate crimes; and violence against animals. Card analyses torture, terrorism and genocide in the light of recent atrocities, considering whether there can be moral justifications for terrorism and torture, and providing conceptual tools to distinguish genocide from non-genocidal mass slaughter.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/99611/cover/9780521899611.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521603234</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521603232</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521603232</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Conquests of Alexander the Great</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603232</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Heckel, Waldemar</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Waldemar Heckel provides a revisionist overview of the conquests of Alexander the Great. Emphasising the aims and impact of his military expeditions, the political consequences of military action, and the use of propaganda, both for motivation and justification, his underlying premise is that the basic goals of conquest and the keys to military superiority have not changed dramatically over the millennia. Indeed, as Heckel makes clear, many aristocratic and conquest societies are remarkably similar to that of Alexander in their basic aims and organisation. Heckel rejects the view of Alexander as a reincarnation of Achilles - as an irrational youth on a heroic quest for fame and immortality. In an engaging and balanced account of key military events, Heckel shows how Alexander imposed his will on the willing and how the defeated were no longer capable of resisting his military might.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03232/cover/9780521603232.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521158028</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521158022</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521158022</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Extreme Stars</TitleText>
<Subtitle>At the Edge of Creation</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521158022</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kaler, James B.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Over the past 200 years, our knowledge of stars has expanded enormously. From seeing myriad dots of different brightnesses, we moved on to measure distances, temperatures, sizes, chemical compositions, even ages, finding stars that dwarf our Sun and are dwarfed by it, some in their youth, others ancient. First published in 2001, Extreme Stars describes the lives of stars from a fascinating perspective. It examines their amazing extremes and results in an engaging overview of stellar evolution, suitable for anyone interested in viewing or studying stars. Ten chapters, generously illustrated throughout, explain the natures of the brightest, the largest, the hottest, the youngest, and so on, ending with a selection of the strangest stars the Universe has to offer. Taken as a whole, the chapters show how stars develop and die and how each extreme turns into another under the inexorable twin forces of time and gravity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805214/02620/cover/9780521402620.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100819</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521609119</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521609111</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521609111</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Cases and Materials with Australian Perspectives</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521609111</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rothwell, Donald</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>A-Khavari, Afshin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Ruth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kaye, Stuart</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>672</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>With a strong focus on Australian practice and interpretation of international law, this comprehensive cases and materials textbook will provide students with a contemporary understanding of an area of law that has seen major changes in recent years. Written by a team of pre-eminent experts, International Law: Cases and Materials with Australian Perspectives is unique in reflecting the Australian context, perspectives and values on international law. Each chapter covers a substantive area of the law with specialist topics on human rights, law of the sea, and international environmental law. Students will be able to readily identify the key principles, rules and distinctive learning points and will benefit from the clear exposition of state practice in the field, how it has contributed to the development of the law, and how Australian governments have viewed and interpreted international law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/09111/cover/9780521609111.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101119</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521138035</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138031</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138031</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Principles of Contemporary Corporate Governance</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521138031</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>du Plessis, Jean</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bagaric, Mirko</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hargovan, Anil</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>464</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Following the success of the first edition, Principles of Contemporary Corporate Governance Second Edition maintains the delineation of core principles of corporate governance and provides a concise presentation of vital topics and emerging themes in corporate governance within the private sector. This definitive book not only exposes the fundamental principles of corporate governance, it builds upon them by illustrating how they are applied. It includes several prominent case studies, and directors' duties and liability are illustrated by drawing on the most recent Australian court cases. Although grounded in Australian corporate governance, the book will appeal to practitioners and students of law and business management internationally. Principles of corporate governance are explicated for readers in all jurisdictions, with specific reference to the Global Financial Crisis (GFC) and the implications for corporate governance developments in the future.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/38031/cover/9780521138031.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>AU</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101210</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521128218</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128216</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521128216</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Mathematical Tapestry</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Demonstrating the Beautiful Unity of Mathematics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521128216</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pedersen, Jean</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Donmoyer, Sylvie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This easy-to-read book demonstrates how a simple geometric idea reveals fascinating connections and results in number theory, the mathematics of polyhedra, combinatorial geometry, and group theory. Using a systematic paper-folding procedure it is possible to construct a regular polygon with any number of sides. This remarkable algorithm has led to interesting proofs of certain results in number theory, has been used to answer combinatorial questions involving partitions of space, and has enabled the authors to obtain the formula for the volume of a regular tetrahedron in around three steps, using nothing more complicated than basic arithmetic and the most elementary plane geometry. All of these ideas, and more, reveal the beauty of mathematics and the interconnectedness of its various branches. Detailed instructions, including clear illustrations, enable the reader to gain hands-on experience constructing these models and to discover for themselves the patterns and relationships they unearth.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/28216/cover/9780521128216.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100929</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521764106</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764100</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764100</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A Mathematical Tapestry</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Demonstrating the Beautiful Unity of Mathematics</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521764100</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hilton, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pedersen, Jean</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A12</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Donmoyer, Sylvie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>306</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This easy-to-read book demonstrates how a simple geometric idea reveals fascinating connections and results in number theory, the mathematics of polyhedra, combinatorial geometry, and group theory. Using a systematic paper-folding procedure it is possible to construct a regular polygon with any number of sides. This remarkable algorithm has led to interesting proofs of certain results in number theory, has been used to answer combinatorial questions involving partitions of space, and has enabled the authors to obtain the formula for the volume of a regular tetrahedron in around three steps, using nothing more complicated than basic arithmetic and the most elementary plane geometry. All of these ideas, and more, reveal the beauty of mathematics and the interconnectedness of its various branches. Detailed instructions, including clear illustrations, enable the reader to gain hands-on experience constructing these models and to discover for themselves the patterns and relationships they unearth.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/64100/cover/9780521764100.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521532612</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521532617</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521532617</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Puzzle of Modern Economics</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Science or Ideology</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521532617</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Backhouse, Roger E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Does economics hold the key to everything or does the recent financial crisis show that it has failed? This book provides an assessment of modern economics that cuts through the confusion and controversy on this question. Case studies of the creation of new markets, the Russian transition to capitalism, globalization, and money and finance establish that economics has been very successful where problems have been well defined and where the world can be changed to fit the theory, but that it has been less successful in tackling bigger problems. The book then offers a historical perspective on how economists have, since the Second World War, tried to make their subject scientific. It explores the evolving relationship between science and ideology and investigates the place of heterodoxy and dissent within the discipline.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32617/cover/9780521532617.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100910</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521825547</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521825542</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521825542</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Puzzle of Modern Economics</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Science or Ideology</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521825542</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Backhouse, Roger E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Does economics hold the key to everything or does the recent financial crisis show that it has failed? This book provides an assessment of modern economics that cuts through the confusion and controversy on this question. Case studies of the creation of new markets, the Russian transition to capitalism, globalization, and money and finance establish that economics has been very successful where problems have been well defined and where the world can be changed to fit the theory, but that it has been less successful in tackling bigger problems. The book then offers a historical perspective on how economists have, since the Second World War, tried to make their subject scientific. It explores the evolving relationship between science and ideology and investigates the place of heterodoxy and dissent within the discipline.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/32617/cover/9780521532617.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521697468</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521697460</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521697460</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Dewey</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521697460</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cochran, Molly</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>John Dewey (1859–1952) was a major figure of the American cultural and intellectual landscape in the first half of the twentieth century. While not the originator of American pragmatism, he was instrumental to its articulation as a philosophy and the spread of its influence beyond philosophy to other disciplines. His prolific writings encompass metaphysics, philosophy of mind, cognitive science, psychology, moral philosophy, the philosophies of religion, art, and education, and democratic political and international theory. The contributors to this Companion examine the wide range of Dewey's thought and provide a critical evaluation of his philosophy and its lasting influence, both elsewhere in philosophy and on other disciplines.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/97460/cover/9780521697460.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100929</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521874564</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521874564</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521874564</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Companion to Dewey</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521874564</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cochran, Molly</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>374</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>John Dewey (1859–1952) was a major figure of the American cultural and intellectual landscape in the first half of the twentieth century. While not the originator of American pragmatism, he was instrumental to its articulation as a philosophy and the spread of its influence beyond philosophy to other disciplines. His prolific writings encompass metaphysics, philosophy of mind, cognitive science, psychology, moral philosophy, the philosophies of religion, art, and education, and democratic political and international theory. The contributors to this Companion examine the wide range of Dewey's thought and provide a critical evaluation of his philosophy and its lasting influence, both elsewhere in philosophy and on other disciplines.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/74564/cover/9780521874564.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>110.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521143896</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143899</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143899</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Fundamental Holmes</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Free Speech Chronicle and Reader – Selections from the Opinions, Books, Articles, Speeches, Letters and Other Writings by and about Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr.</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521143899</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Ronald K. L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>No figure stands taller in the world of First Amendment law than Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr. This is the first anthology of Justice Holmes's writings, speeches, and opinions concerning freedom of expression. Prepared by a noted free speech scholar, the book contains eight original essays designed to situate Holmes's works in historical and biographical context. The volume is enriched by extensive commentaries concerning its many entries, which consist of letters, speeches, book excerpts, articles, state court opinions, and U.S. Supreme Court opinions. The edited materials – spanning Holmes's 1861–1864 service in the Civil War to his 1931 radio address to the nation – offer a unique view of the thoughts of the father of the modern First Amendment. The book's epilogue, which includes a major discovery about Holmes's impact on American statutory law, explores Holmes's free speech legacy. In the process, the reader comes to know Holmes and his jurisprudence of free speech as never before.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/43899/cover/9780521143899.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521194601</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194600</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521194600</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Fundamental Holmes</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Free Speech Chronicle and Reader – Selections from the Opinions, Books, Articles, Speeches, Letters and Other Writings by and about Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr.</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521194600</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Collins, Ronald K. L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>No figure stands taller in the world of First Amendment law than Oliver Wendell Holmes, Jr. This is the first anthology of Justice Holmes's writings, speeches, and opinions concerning freedom of expression. Prepared by a noted free speech scholar, the book contains eight original essays designed to situate Holmes's works in historical and biographical context. The volume is enriched by extensive commentaries concerning its many entries, which consist of letters, speeches, book excerpts, articles, state court opinions, and U.S. Supreme Court opinions. The edited materials – spanning Holmes's 1861–1864 service in the Civil War to his 1931 radio address to the nation – offer a unique view of the thoughts of the father of the modern First Amendment. The book's epilogue, which includes a major discovery about Holmes's impact on American statutory law, explores Holmes's free speech legacy. In the process, the reader comes to know Holmes and his jurisprudence of free speech as never before.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/43899/cover/9780521143899.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521139600</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139601</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139601</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Dark Side of Creativity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521139601</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cropley, David H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cropley, Arthur J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kaufman, James C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Runco, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>With few exceptions, scholarship on creativity has focused on its positive aspects while largely ignoring its dark side. This includes not only creativity deliberately aimed at hurting others, such as crime or terrorism, or at gaining unfair advantages, but also the accidental negative side effects of well-intentioned acts. This book brings together essays written by experts from various fields (psychology, criminal justice, sociology, engineering, education, history, and design) and with different interests (personality development, mental health, deviant behavior, law enforcement, and counter-terrorism) to illustrate the nature of negative creativity, examine its variants, call attention to its dangers, and draw conclusions about how to prevent it or protect society from its effects.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/39601/cover/9780521139601.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100910</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521191718</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191715</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521191715</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Dark Side of Creativity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521191715</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cropley, David H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cropley, Arthur J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kaufman, James C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Runco, Mark A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>408</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>With few exceptions, scholarship on creativity has focused on its positive aspects while largely ignoring its dark side. This includes not only creativity deliberately aimed at hurting others, such as crime or terrorism, or at gaining unfair advantages, but also the accidental negative side effects of well-intentioned acts. This book brings together essays written by experts from various fields (psychology, criminal justice, sociology, engineering, education, history, and design) and with different interests (personality development, mental health, deviant behavior, law enforcement, and counter-terrorism) to illustrate the nature of negative creativity, examine its variants, call attention to its dangers, and draw conclusions about how to prevent it or protect society from its effects.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/39601/cover/9780521139601.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521144825</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144827</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521144827</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Psychologist's Companion</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Guide to Writing Scientific Papers for Students and Researchers</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521144827</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Karin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>5</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Psychologist's Companion is intended for students as well as young professionals and writers at all stages of their careers seeking inspiration and guidelines for better scientific writing. This book is also a resource for researchers in related fields. It has been comprehensively updated, revised, and extended for its fifth edition and includes the latest style guidelines of the American Psychological Association's Publication Manual (sixth edition, 2009) as well as chapters encompassing the entire research process from doing literature research and planning an experiment to writing the paper. It features new chapters on literature research; ethics; and generating, evaluating, and selling ideas. The Psychologist's Companion also provides information on writing book proposals, grant proposals, and lectures.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/44827/cover/9780521144827.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195713</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195713</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195713</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Psychologist's Companion</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Guide to Writing Scientific Papers for Students and Researchers</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195713</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Karin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>5</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Psychologist's Companion is intended for students as well as young professionals and writers at all stages of their careers seeking inspiration and guidelines for better scientific writing. This book is also a resource for researchers in related fields. It has been comprehensively updated, revised, and extended for its fifth edition and includes the latest style guidelines of the American Psychological Association's Publication Manual (sixth edition, 2009) as well as chapters encompassing the entire research process from doing literature research and planning an experiment to writing the paper. It features new chapters on literature research; ethics; and generating, evaluating, and selling ideas. The Psychologist's Companion also provides information on writing book proposals, grant proposals, and lectures.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95713/cover/9780521195713.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>185.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521127394</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127394</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521127394</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Hardwired Behavior</TitleText>
<Subtitle>What Neuroscience Reveals about Morality</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521127394</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tancredi, Laurence</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book explores the impact of neuroscience research over the past 20 or more years on brain function as it affects moral decisions. Findings show that the mind and brain are very close, if not the same, and that the brain 'makes' the mind. This is bringing about a change of focus from examining mental activity (mentalism) to the physical activity of the brain (physicalism) to understand thinking and behavior. We are discovering that the physical features of the brain play the major role in shaping our thoughts and emotions, including the way we deal with 'moral' issues. This book sets out the historical framework of the transition from 'mentalism' to 'physicalism', shows how the physical brain works in moral decisions and then examines three broad areas of moral decision-making - the brain in 'bad' acts, the brain in decisions involving sexual relations, and the brain in money decision-making.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/27394/cover/9780521127394.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100910</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521603072</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521603072</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521603072</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>When Politicians Attack</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Party Cohesion in the Media</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521603072</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Groeling, Tim</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Fostering a positive brand name is the chief benefit parties provide for their members. They do this both by coordinating their activities in the legislative process and by communicating with voters. Whereas political scientists have generally focused on the former, dismissing partisan communication as cheap talk, this book argues that a party's ability to coordinate its communication has important implications for the study of politics. The macro-level institutional setting of a party's communication heavily influences that party's prospects for cohesive communication. Paradoxically, unified government presents the greatest challenge to unified communication within the president's party. As this book argues, the challenge stems primarily from two sources: the constitutional separation of powers and the intervening role of the news media.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03072/cover/9780521603072.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521842093</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521842099</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521842099</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>When Politicians Attack</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Party Cohesion in the Media</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521842099</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Groeling, Tim</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Fostering a positive brand name is the chief benefit parties provide for their members. They do this both by coordinating their activities in the legislative process and by communicating with voters. Whereas political scientists have generally focused on the former, dismissing partisan communication as cheap talk, this book argues that a party's ability to coordinate its communication has important implications for the study of politics. The macro-level institutional setting of a party's communication heavily influences that party's prospects for cohesive communication. Paradoxically, unified government presents the greatest challenge to unified communication within the president's party. As this book argues, the challenge stems primarily from two sources: the constitutional separation of powers and the intervening role of the news media.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/03072/cover/9780521603072.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521789451</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521789455</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521789455</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Domestic Space in Classical Antiquity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521789455</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nevett, Lisa C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>196</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Housing is shaped by culturally-specific expectations about the kinds of architecture and furnishings that are appropriate; about how and where different activities should be carried out; and by and with whom. It is those expectations, and the wider social and cultural systems of which they are a part, that are explored in this volume. At the same time, the book as a whole argues two larger points: first, that while houses, households and families have in recent years become increasingly important as objects of inquiry in Greek and Roman contexts, their potential as sources of information about broader social-historical issues has yet to be fully realised; and second, that greater weight and independence should be given to material culture as a source for studying ancient history. The book will be invaluable for upper-level undergraduates, graduate students and scholars.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/89455/cover/9780521789455.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100805</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521130956</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130950</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130950</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Diffusion of Social Movements</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Actors, Mechanisms, and Political Effects</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521130950</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Givan, Rebecca Kolins</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Soule, Sarah A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>212</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It is widely recognized that social movements may spread - or 'diffuse' - from one site to another. Such diffusion, however, is a complex and multidimensional process that involves different actors, networks, and mechanisms. This complexity has spawned a large body of literature on different aspects of the diffusion process, yet a comprehensive framework remains an elusive target. This book is a response to that need, and its framework focuses on three basic analytical questions. First, what is being diffused? Second, how does diffusion occur? Finally, what is the impact of diffusion on organizational development and shifts in the scale of contentious politics? This volume suggests that diffusion is not a simple matter of political contagion or imitation; rather, it is a creative and strategic process marked by political learning, adaptation, and innovation.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/30950/cover/9780521130950.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100805</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521193737</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521193733</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521193733</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Diffusion of Social Movements</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Actors, Mechanisms, and Political Effects</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521193733</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Givan, Rebecca Kolins</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, Kenneth M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Soule, Sarah A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>272</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It is widely recognized that social movements may spread - or 'diffuse' - from one site to another. Such diffusion, however, is a complex and multidimensional process that involves different actors, networks, and mechanisms. This complexity has spawned a large body of literature on different aspects of the diffusion process, yet a comprehensive framework remains an elusive target. This book is a response to that need, and its framework focuses on three basic analytical questions. First, what is being diffused? Second, how does diffusion occur? Finally, what is the impact of diffusion on organizational development and shifts in the scale of contentious politics? This volume suggests that diffusion is not a simple matter of political contagion or imitation; rather, it is a creative and strategic process marked by political learning, adaptation, and innovation.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/93733/cover/9780521193733.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521148855</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148856</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521148856</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Aristotle's De Anima</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Critical Commentary</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521148856</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Polansky, Ronald</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>598</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPCA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Aristotle's De Anima is the first systematic philosophical account of the soul, which serves to explain the functioning of all mortal living things. In his commentary, Ronald Polansky argues that the work is far more structured and systematic than previously supposed. He contends that Aristotle seeks a comprehensive understanding of the soul and its faculties. By closely tracing the unfolding of the many-layered argumentation and the way Aristotle fits his inquiry meticulously within his scheme of the sciences, Polansky answers questions relating to the general definition of soul and the treatment of each of the soul's principal capacities: nutrition, sense perception, phantasia, intellect, and locomotion. The commentary sheds new light on every section of the De Anima and the work as a unit. It offers a challenge to earlier and current interpretations of the relevance and meaning of Aristotle's highly influential treatise.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/48856/cover/9780521148856.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521156246</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156240</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156240</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Dynamics of Interstate Boundaries</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521156240</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gavrilis, George</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>208</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Dynamics of Interstate Boundaries explains why some borders deter insurgents, smugglers, bandits, and militants while most suffer from infiltration and crisis. Grappling with an issue at the core of the modern state and international security, George Gavrilis explores border control from the nineteenth-century Ottoman Empire to twenty-first-century Central Asia, China, and Afghanistan. Border control strategies emanate from core policies of state formation and the local design of border guard institutions. Secure and open borders depend on institutional design, not on military power. Based on research in numerous border regions, this book advances the study of the state, local security institutions, and conflict and cooperation over border control. It holds critical lessons for policy makers and international organizations working to enhance border security in dangerous regions.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56240/cover/9780521156240.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052188764X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521887649</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521887649</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Eighteenth-Century English</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Ideology and Change</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521887649</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hickey, Raymond</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The eighteenth century was a key period in the development of the English language, in which the modern standard emerged and many dictionaries and grammars first appeared. This book is divided into thematic sections which deal with issues central to English in the eighteenth century. These include linguistic ideology and the grammatical tradition, the contribution of women to the writing of grammars, the interactions of writers at this time and how politeness was encoded in language, including that on a regional level. The contributions also discuss how language was seen and discussed in public and how grammarians, lexicographers, journalists, pamphleteers and publishers judged on-going change. The novel insights offered in this book extend our knowledge of the English language at the onset of the modern period.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/87649/cover/9780521887649.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521112710</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521112710</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521112710</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Fixed Ideas of Money</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Small States and Exchange Rate Regimes in Twentieth-Century Europe</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521112710</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Straumann, Tobias</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>414</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Most European countries are rather small, yet we know little about their monetary history. This book analyses for the first time the experience of seven small states (Austria, Belgium, Denmark, The Netherlands, Norway, Sweden, and Switzerland) during the last hundred years, starting with the restoration of the gold standard after World War I and ending with Sweden's rejection of the Euro in 2003. The comparative analysis shows that for the most part of the twentieth century the options of policy makers were seriously constrained by a distinct fear of floating exchange rates. Only with the crisis of the European Monetary System (EMS) in 1992–93 did the idea that a flexible exchange rate regime was suited for a small open economy gain currency. The book also analyses the differences among small states and concludes that economic structures or foreign policy orientations were far more important for the timing of regime changes than domestic institutions and policies.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/12710/cover/9780521112710.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100614</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521690307</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521690300</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521690300</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Hand Talk</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Sign Language among American Indian Nations</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521690300</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Davis, Jeffrey E.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFZ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>American Indian nations of the Great Plains and cultural groups bordering this geographic area spoke so many different languages that verbal communication between them was difficult. As extensive trade networks developed and political alliances became necessary, an elegant language of the hands developed that cut across spoken language barriers. Though now endangered, this sign language continues to serve a vital role in traditional storytelling, rituals, legends, prayers, conversational narratives, and as a primary language of American Indians who are deaf. This volume contains the most current descriptions of all levels of the language from phonology to discourse, as well as comparisons with other sign languages. This is the first work of its kind to be produced in more than a century, and is intended for students of sign language as well as those wishing to learn more about American Indian languages and cultures.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/90300/cover/9780521690300.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521114012</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521114011</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521114011</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Hegel on the Modern Arts</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521114011</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rutter, Benjamin</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>296</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Debates over the 'end of art' have tended to obscure Hegel's work on the arts themselves. Benjamin Rutter opens this study with a defence of art's indispensability to Hegel's conception of modernity; he then seeks to reorient discussion toward the distinctive values of painting, poetry, and the novel. Working carefully through Hegel's four lecture series on aesthetics, he identifies the expressive possibilities particular to each medium. Thus, Dutch genre scenes animate the everyday with an appearance of vitality; metaphor frees language from prose; and Goethe's lyrics revive the banal routines of love with imagination and wit. Rutter's important study reconstructs Hegel's view not only of modern art but of modern life and will appeal to philosophers, literary theorists, and art historians alike.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/14011/cover/9780521114011.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052115023X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150231</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521150231</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Immigration and Conflict in Europe</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521150231</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Dancygier, Rafaela M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Contemporary debates give the impression that the presence of immigrants necessarily spells strife. Yet as Immigration and Conflict in Europe shows, the incidence of conflict involving immigrants and their descendants has varied widely across groups, cities, and countries. The book presents a theory to account for this uneven pattern, explaining why we observe clashes between immigrants and natives in some locations but not in others and why some cities experience confrontations between immigrants and state actors while others are spared from such conflicts. The book addresses how economic conditions interact with electoral incentives to account for immigrant-native and immigrant-state conflict across groups and cities within Great Britain as well as across Germany and France. It highlights the importance of national immigration regimes and local political economies in shaping immigrants' economic position and political behavior, demonstrating how economic and electoral forces, rather than cultural differences, determine patterns of conflict and calm.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/50231/cover/9780521150231.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>57.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521156238</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156233</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156233</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Market and the Masses in Latin America</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Policy Reform and Consumption in Liberalizing Economies</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521156233</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baker, Andy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>356</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What do ordinary citizens in developing countries think about free markets? Conventional wisdom views globalization as an imposition on unwilling workers in developing nations, concluding that the recent rise of the Latin American left constitutes a popular backlash against the market. Baker marshals public opinion data from eighteen Latin American countries to show that most of the region's citizens are enthusiastic about globalization because it has lowered the prices of many consumer goods and services while improving their variety and quality. Among recent free-market reforms, only privatization has caused pervasive discontent because it has raised prices for services like electricity and telecommunications. Citizens' sharp awareness of these consumer consequences informs Baker's argument that a new political economy of consumption has replaced a previously dominant politics of labor and class in Latin America.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56233/cover/9780521156233.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521125669</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521125666</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521125666</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Moral Movements and Foreign Policy</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521125666</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Busby, Joshua W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Why do advocacy campaigns succeed in some cases but fail in others? What conditions motivate states to accept commitments championed by principled advocacy movements? Joshua W. Busby sheds light on these core questions through an investigation of four cases - developing-country debt relief, climate change, AIDS, and the International Criminal Court - in the G-7 advanced industrialized countries (Canada, France, Germany, Italy, Japan, the United Kingdom, and the United States). Drawing on hundreds of interviews with policy practitioners, he employs qualitative, comparative case study methods, including process-tracing and typologies, and develops a framing/gatekeepers argument, emphasizing the ways in which advocacy campaigns use rhetoric to tap into the main cultural currents in the countries where they operate. Busby argues that when values and costs potentially pull in opposing directions, values will win if domestic gatekeepers who are able to block policy change believe that the values at stake are sufficiently important.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/25666/cover/9780521125666.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>39.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521140196</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140195</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140195</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Parliamentary Sovereignty</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Contemporary Debates</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140195</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Goldsworthy, Jeffrey</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>338</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LND</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book has four main themes: (1) a criticism of 'common law constitutionalism', the theory that Parliament's authority is conferred by, and therefore is or can be made subordinate to, judge-made common law; (2) an analysis of Parliament's ability to abdicate, limit or regulate the exercise of its own authority, including a revision of Dicey's conception of sovereignty, a repudiation of the doctrine of implied repeal and the proposal of a novel theory of 'manner and form' requirements for law-making; (3) an examination of the relationship between parliamentary sovereignty and statutory interpretation, defending the reality of legislative intentions, and their indispensability to sensible interpretation and respect for parliamentary sovereignty; and (4) an assessment of the compatibility of parliamentary sovereignty with recent constitutional developments, including the expansion of judicial review of administrative action, the Human Rights and European Communities Acts and the growing recognition of 'constitutional principles' and 'constitutional statutes'.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40195/cover/9780521140195.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521165156</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521165150</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521165150</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Philosophy as Therapeia</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521165150</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Carlisle, Clare</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ganeri, Jonardon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>'Empty are the words of that philosopher who offers therapy for no human suffering. For just as there is no use in medical expertise if it does not give therapy for bodily diseases, so too there is no use in philosophy if it does not expel the suffering of the soul.' The philosopher Epicurus gave famous voice to a conception of philosophy as a cure or remedy for the maladies of the human soul. What has not until now received attention is just how prominent an idea this has been across a whole spectrum of philosophical tradition. Philosophy as Therapeia presents a collection of papers by leading scholars, providing a new reading of the history of philosophy, one which perhaps contradicts those who have wanted to maintain that philosophy is a peculiarly European cultural product, and instead affirms its identity as a global intellectual practice.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/65150/cover/9780521165150.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>52.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521155711</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521155717</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521155717</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Political Institutions under Dictatorship</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521155717</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Gandhi, Jennifer</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>256</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Often dismissed as window dressing, nominally democratic institutions, such as legislatures and political parties, play an important role in non-democratic regimes. In a comprehensive cross-national study of all non-democratic states from 1946 to 2002 that examines the political uses of these institutions by dictators, Jennifer Gandhi finds that legislative and partisan institutions are an important component in the operation and survival of authoritarian regimes. She examines how and why these institutions are useful to dictatorships in maintaining power. In their efforts to neutralize threats to their power and to solicit cooperation from society, autocratic leaders use these institutions to organize concessions to potential opposition. The use of legislatures and parties to co-opt opposition results in significant institutional effects on policies and outcomes under dictatorship.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/55717/cover/9780521155717.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100805</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521764807</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764803</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764803</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Rome's World</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Peutinger Map Reconsidered</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521764803</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Talbert, Richard J. A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>344</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBLA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Peutinger Map is the only map of the Roman world to come down to us from antiquity. Today it is among the treasures of the Austrian National Library in Vienna. Richard Talbert's study presented in Rome's World: The Peutinger Map Reconsidered offers a long-overdue reinterpretation and appreciation of the map as a masterpiece of both mapmaking and imperial Roman ideology. Here, the ancient world's traditional span, from the Atlantic to India, is dramatically remoulded; lands and routes take pride of place, whereas seas are compressed. Talbert posits that the map's true purpose was not to assist travellers along Rome's highways, but rather to celebrate the restoration of peace and order by Diocletian's Tetrarchy. Such creative cartography influenced the development of medieval mapmaking. With the aid of digital technology, this book enables readers to engage with the Peutinger Map in all of its fascinating immensity more closely than ever before.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/64803/cover/9780521764803.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516870</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516877</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516877</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Second Dialect Acquisition</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516877</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Siegel, Jeff</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>288</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What is involved in acquiring a new dialect - for example, when Canadian English speakers move to Australia or African American English-speaking children go to school? How is such learning different from second language acquisition (SLA), and why is it in some ways more difficult? These are some of the questions Jeff Siegel examines in this book, the first to focus specifically on second dialect acquisition (SDA). Siegel surveys a wide range of studies that throw light on SDA. These concern dialects of English as well as those of other languages, including Dutch, German, Greek, Norwegian, Portuguese and Spanish. He also describes the individual and linguistic factors that affect SDA, such as age, social identity and language complexity. The book discusses problems faced by students who have to acquire the standard dialect without any special teaching, and presents some educational approaches that have been successful in promoting SDA in the classroom.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16877/cover/9780521516877.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101027</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521653207</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521653206</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521653206</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>A History of the Japanese Language</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521653206</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Frellesvig, Bjarke</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>460</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Bjarke Frellesvig describes the development of the Japanese language from its recorded beginnings until the present day as reflected by the written sources and historical record. Beginning with a description of the oldest attested stage of the language, Old Japanese (approximately the eighth century AD), and then tracing the changes which occurred through the Early Middle Japanese (800–1200), Late Middle Japanese (1200–1600) and the Modern Japanese (1600–onwards) periods, a complete internal history of the language is examined and discussed. This account provides a comprehensive study of how the Japanese language has developed and adapted, providing a much needed resource for scholars. A History of the Japanese Language is invaluable to all those interested in the Japanese language and also students of language change generally.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/53206/cover/9780521653206.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521197112</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197113</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521197113</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Small Arms Survey 2010</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Gangs, Groups, and Guns</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521197113</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Small Arms Survey, Geneva</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>352</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Small Arms Survey 2010 focuses on gangs and non-state armed groups. Gang violence, while typically directed at other gang members, can account for a major portion of social violence. Armed groups - whatever their orientation to the state - are of growing concern in conflict and post-conflict settings, where their activities can have serious repercussions for human security. This volume reviews a range of issues related to gangs and armed groups, exploring their functions, roles, and use of violence, as well as emerging efforts to address the damage they inflict on society. The volume explores prison gangs, gender aspects of gangs, and pro-government groups; it also features case studies from Ecuador and southern Sudan. Original research on the global ammunition trade and on options for controlling illicit firearm transfers by air rounds out the book.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/97113/cover/9780521197113.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100603</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052115698X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156981</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521156981</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Transformation of Learning</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Advances in Cultural-Historical Activity Theory</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521156981</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Oers, Bert van</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wardekker, Wim</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Elbers, Ed</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>van der Veer, René</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>418</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JNC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Transformation of Learning gives an overview of some significant advances of the cultural-historical activity theory, also known as CHAT in the educational domain. Developments are described with respect to both the theoretical framework and research. The book's main focus is on the evolution of the learning concept and school practices under the influence of cultural-historical activity theory. Activity theory has contributed to this transformation of the current views on learning, both conceptually and practically. It has provided us with a useful new approach to the understanding of learning in cultural contexts.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/56981/cover/9780521156981.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100831</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195845</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195843</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195843</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Thomas Betterton</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Greatest Actor of the Restoration Stage</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195843</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Roberts, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>270</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Restoration London's leading actor and theatre manager Thomas Betterton has not been the subject of a biography since 1891. He worked with all the best-known playwrights of his age and with the first generation of English actresses; he was intimately involved in the theatre's responses to politics, and became a friend of leading literary men such as Pope and Steele. His innovations in scenery and company management, and his association with the dramatic inheritance of Shakespeare, helped to change the culture of English theatre. David Roberts's entertaining study unearths new documents and draws fresh conclusions about this major but shadowy figure. It contextualizes key performances and examines Betterton's relationship to patrons, colleagues and family, as well as to significant historical moments and artefacts. The most substantial study available of any seventeenth-century actor, Thomas Betterton gives one of England's greatest performing artists his due on the tercentenary of his death.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95843/cover/9780521195843.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100617</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521896754</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896757</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896757</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Women on the Stage in Early Modern France</TitleText>
<Subtitle>1540–1750</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521896757</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Scott, Virginia</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>AN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Focusing on actresses in France during the early modern period, Virginia Scott examines how the stereotype of the actress has been constructed. The study then moves beyond that stereotype to detail the reality of the personal and artistic lives of women on the French stage, from the almost unknown Marie Ferré - who signed a contract for 12 livres a year in 1545 to perform the 'antiquailles de Rome or other histories, moralities, farces, and acrobatics' in the provinces - to the queens of the eighteenth-century Paris stage, whose 'adventures' have overshadowed their artistic triumphs. The book also investigates the ways in which actresses made invaluable contributions to the development of the French theatre in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and looks at the 'afterlives' of such women as Armande Béjart, Marquise Du Parc, Charlotte Desmares, Adrienne Lecouvreur, and Hippolyte Clairon in biographies, plays, and films.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/96757/cover/9780521896757.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521832551</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521832557</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521832557</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Georg Wilhelm Friedrich Hegel: The Science of Logic</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521832557</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hegel, Georg Wilhelm Fredrich</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>di Giovanni, George</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>864</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This new translation of The Science of Logic (also known as 'Greater Logic') includes the revised Book I (1832), Book II (1813), and Book III (1816). Recent research has given us a detailed picture of the process that led Hegel to his final conception of the System and of the place of the Logic within it. We now understand how and why Hegel distanced himself from Schelling, how radical this break with his early mentor was, and to what extent it entailed a return (but with a difference) to Fichte and Kant. In the introduction to the volume, George di Giovanni presents in synoptic form the results of recent scholarship on the subject, and, while recognizing the fault lines in Hegel's System that allow opposite interpretations, argues that the Logic marks the end of classical metaphysics. The translation is accompanied by a full apparatus of historical and explanatory notes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/32557/cover/9780521832557.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>285.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521675367</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521675369</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521675369</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Handbook of Fetal Medicine</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521675369</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kumar, Sailesh</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>186</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Handbook of Fetal Medicine provides a concise and practical guide to the modern management of normal pregnancy and the at-risk fetus. Comprehensive in scope, in an easy-to-use format, the book provides guidance on a wide range of conditions, best practice management strategies and treatment options in maternal-fetal medicine. Each system-based chapter has a brief introduction on embryology and discusses the key genetic developments and relevant developmental abnormalities. The book begins by addressing genetic disorders such as Down syndrome, and goes on to consider skeletal and bodily system abnormalities. All key management points are highlighted and data on long-term outcomes are provided. This book will appeal to maternal-fetal medicine specialists, subspecialty trainees, obstetricians and midwives as a useful practical reference tool in daily practice. It is particularly suitable for trainees in Obstetrics &amp; Gynaecology preparing for the post graduate examinations.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/75369/cover/9780521675369.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052168191X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521681919</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521681919</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Guide to the Psychiatry of Old Age</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521681919</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ames, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chiu, Edmond</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lindesay, James</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shulman, Kenneth I.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>158</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJX</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>With rapid ageing of the world's population, psychiatry of old age has become a crucial discipline. This succinct guide to the scope and practice of the psychiatry of old age provides an up-to-date summary of existing knowledge, best practice and future challenges for the specialty, from a global perspective. From definitions and demography to epidemiology, aetiology, and principles of assessment, diagnosis and management, each chapter is sharp, clear and practical, enhanced by tables and diagrams for quick assimilation and reference on the ward or in the clinic. As well as the main psychiatric conditions encountered in old age, coverage also includes legal and ethical issues, and the neglected topic of alcohol and drug abuse in the elderly. Written by leading clinicians, teachers and researchers and offering a much-needed international focus, this compact guide is essential reading for practising psychiatrists and geriatricians, as well as trainees, nurses and medical students.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805216/81919/cover/9780521681919.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521737818</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737814</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737814</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Clinical Ambulatory Anesthesia</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521737814</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Raeder, Johan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>194</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Ambulatory care can be a challenging setting in which to provide anesthesia – not all patients are suitable for rapid discharge post-operatively and opinions differ as to which types of surgery should be performed as day cases. This comprehensive guide delivers up-to-date, evidence-based advice on how to provide optimal anesthesia care for ambulatory surgery. Written by a leading clinical anesthesiologist, it provides clear guidance about how to handle particular patients in particular situations. The evidence and scientific knowledge for each issue are presented with reference to major studies and review papers, followed by practical advice based on the author's continuous clinical and scientific experience over 30 years. Topics include planning, equipping and staffing ambulatory units, pharmacology, basic concepts of ambulatory care, pre- and post-operative issues and current controversies. Clinical Ambulatory Anesthesia is essential reading for the clinical, postgraduate anesthesiologist as well as nurse anesthetists involved with ambulatory care.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/37814/cover/9780521737814.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521136725</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136723</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521136723</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Essential Neuropharmacology</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Prescriber's Guide</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521136723</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Silberstein, Stephen D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Marmura, Michael J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B20</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stahl, Stephen M.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>420</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>MJN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Essential Neuropharmacology: The Prescriber's Guide expertly reviews the most important medications used by neurologists in their practice. Experienced clinicians share their expert knowledge about the best use of medications in patient care. Each drug listing contains the range of indications, their advantages and disadvantages, and tips for dosing and avoiding adverse effects. Experts in fields such as multiple sclerosis, movement disorders, neuromuscular disorders, epilepsy, stroke, pain and headache summarize how neurologists use these medications to their best effect, and discuss off-label uses in neurology. Evidence is taken from recent clinical trials, which helps the reader relate the content to everyday clinical practice. The detailed descriptions of each medication enable the user to make quick and informed decisions with the confidence they need to best serve the clinical needs of their patients. This book is an essential, user-friendly reference suitable for all neurologists at all stages of their careers.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/36723/cover/9780521136723.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521853117</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521853118</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521853118</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Commercial Tax</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521853118</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Harris, Peter</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Oliver, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>520</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNU</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Inspired by a postgraduate course the authors have jointly taught at the University of Cambridge since 2001, Peter Harris and David Oliver use their divergent backgrounds (academia and tax practice) to build a conceptual framework that not only makes the tax treatment of complex commercial transactions understandable and accessible, but also challenges the current orthodoxy of international tax norms. Designed specifically for postgraduate students and junior practitioners, it challenges the reader to think about tax issues conceptually and holistically, while illustrating the structure with practical examples. Senior tax practitioners and academics will also find it useful as a means of refreshing their understanding of the basics and the conceptual framework will challenge them to think more deeply about tax issues.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/53118/cover/9780521853118.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>180.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521543002</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521543002</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521543002</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Sustainability</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Biological Perspective</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521543002</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Morse, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Encouraging students to engage in the challenges and complexity of sustainability, this text considers not only the theories underlying sustainability, but more importantly how theories are translated into practice and the difficulties of achieving this in the world in which we live. This pragmatic focus gives students a greater understanding of the practice of sustainability and highlights the challenges involved. Models and theories are illustrated throughout with real world examples to help students move away from the abstract and connect with genuine issues. The text begins by focusing on sustainable production and consumption and how they are related. The role of tools such as modelling and sustainability indicators are explored, and extended into the fields of stakeholder participation, livelihoods and evidence-based policy. The final chapter explores the interconnections between apparently disparate subjects and the importance of taking an interdisciplinary perspective.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/43002/cover/9780521543002.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521748666</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521748667</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521748667</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Human Rights Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Cases, Materials, Commentary</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521748667</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>De Schutter, Olivier</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1152</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>How do you keep students motivated when their perception of a subject conflicts with the reality of its academic study? International human rights law, unquestionably an exciting field, is also complex and demanding. With his breakthrough textbook, De Schutter focuses on international human rights law as global legal system, rather than as a collection of different (though related) rights, giving it relevance and immediacy. Drawing on cases and materials from a wide range of sources, it shows how human rights law is used as a tool to address contemporary issues such as counter-terrorism, global poverty and religious diversity. Materials are organised thematically, allowing readers to make comparisons and connections between different legal treaties and systems. Students can also easily assess how human rights are protected under domestic and international laws. The law is placed in context throughout, ensuring full understanding of why laws exist and how they work.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/48667/cover/9780521748667.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>78.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521121515</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521121514</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521121514</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>European Union Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Cases and Materials</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521121514</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chalmers, Damian</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Davies, Gareth</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Monti, Giorgio</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1150</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This eagerly awaited new edition has been significantly revised after extensive user feedback to meet current teaching requirements. The first major textbook to be published since the rejuvenation of the Lisbon Treaty, it retains the best elements of the first edition – the engaging, easily understandable writing style, extracts from a variety of sources showing the creation, interpretation and application of the law and comprehensive coverage. In addition it has separate chapters on EU law in national courts, governance and external relations reflecting the new directions in which the field is moving. The examination of the free movement of goods and competition law has been restructured. Chapter introductions clearly set out what will be covered in each section allowing students to approach complex material with confidence and detailed further reading sections encourage further study. Put simply, it is required reading for all serious students of EU law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/21514/cover/9780521121514.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>81.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516641</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516648</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516648</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Structural Geology</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516648</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Fossen, Haakon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>480</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Lavishly illustrated in color, this textbook takes an applied approach to introduce undergraduate students to the basic principles of structural geology. The book provides unique links to industry applications in the upper crust, including petroleum and groundwater geology, which highlight the importance of structural geology in exploration and exploitation of petroleum and water resources. Topics range from faults and fractures forming near the surface to shear zones and folds of the deep crust. Students are engaged through examples and parallels drawn from practical everyday situations, enabling them to connect theory with practice. Containing numerous end-of-chapter problems, e-learning modules, and with stunning field photos and illustrations, this book provides the ultimate learning experience for all students of structural geology.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16648/cover/9780521516648.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100715</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521519780</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519786</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519786</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Geomorphology</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Mechanics and Chemistry of Landscapes</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519786</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Robert S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Anderson, Suzanne P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>654</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RBGD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This textbook provides a modern, quantitative and process-oriented approach to equip students with the tools to understand geomorphology. Insight into the interpretation of landscapes is developed from basic principles and simple models, and by stepping through the equations that capture the essence of the mechanics and chemistry of landscapes. Boxed worked examples and real-world applications bring the subject to life for students, allowing them to apply the theory to their own experience. The book covers cutting edge topics, including the revolutionary cosmogenic nuclide dating methods and modeling, highlights links to other Earth sciences through up-to-date summaries of current research, and illustrates the importance of geomorphology in understanding environmental changes.  Setting up problems as a conservation of mass, ice, soil, or heat, this book arms students with tools to fully explore processes, understand landscapes, and to participate in this rapidly evolving field.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19786/cover/9780521519786.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100617</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521853710</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521853712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521853712</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Planetary Sciences</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521853712</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>de Pater, Imke</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lissauer, Jack J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>674</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>An authoritative introduction for graduate students in the physical sciences, this textbook explains the wide variety of physical, chemical, and geological processes that govern the motions and properties of planets. The second edition of this awarding-winning textbook has been substantially updated and improved. It now contains a reorganized discussion of small bodies, including a detailed description of the Kuiper belt and asteroid belt; a significantly expanded chapter on extrasolar planets and what they tell us about planetary systems; and appendixes providing a glossary of acronyms, tables of key spacecraft, a summary of observing techniques, and a sampling of very recent images. With over 300 exercises to help students apply the concepts covered, this textbook is ideal for courses in astronomy, planetary science and earth science, and well suited as a reference for researchers. Color versions of many figures and movie clips supplementing the text are available at www.cambridge.org/9780521853712.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/53712/cover/9780521853712.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100715</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052183533X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521835336</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521835336</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Sustainability</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Biological Perspective</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521835336</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Morse, Stephen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>274</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Encouraging students to engage in the challenges and complexity of sustainability, this text considers not only the theories underlying sustainability, but more importantly how theories are translated into practice and the difficulties of achieving this in the world in which we live. This pragmatic focus gives students a greater understanding of the practice of sustainability and highlights the challenges involved. Models and theories are illustrated throughout with real world examples to help students move away from the abstract and connect with genuine issues. The text begins by focusing on sustainable production and consumption and how they are related. The role of tools such as modelling and sustainability indicators are explored, and extended into the fields of stakeholder participation, livelihoods and evidence-based policy. The final chapter explores the interconnections between apparently disparate subjects and the importance of taking an interdisciplinary perspective.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/35336/cover/9780521835336.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521764874</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764872</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521764872</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Human Rights Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Cases, Materials, Commentary</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521764872</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>De Schutter, Olivier</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>1152</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LBBR</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>How do you keep students motivated when their perception of a subject conflicts with the reality of its academic study? International human rights law, unquestionably an exciting field, is also complex and demanding. With his breakthrough textbook, De Schutter focuses on international human rights law as global legal system, rather than as a collection of different (though related) rights, giving it relevance and immediacy. Drawing on cases and materials from a wide range of sources, it shows how human rights law is used as a tool to address contemporary issues such as counter-terrorism, global poverty and religious diversity. Materials are organised thematically, allowing readers to make comparisons and connections between different legal treaties and systems. Students can also easily assess how human rights are protected under domestic and international laws. The law is placed in context throughout, ensuring full understanding of why laws exist and how they work.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/64872/cover/9780521764872.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>175.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521762456</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762458</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521762458</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Advanced Mechanics and General Relativity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521762458</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Franklin, Joel</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>384</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Aimed at advanced undergraduates with background knowledge of classical mechanics and electricity and magnetism, this textbook presents both the particle dynamics relevant to general relativity, and the field dynamics necessary to understand the theory. Focusing on action extremization, the book develops the structure and predictions of general relativity by analogy with familiar physical systems. Topics ranging from classical field theory to minimal surfaces and relativistic strings are covered in a homogeneous manner. Nearly 150 exercises and numerous examples throughout the textbook enable students to test their understanding of the material covered. A tensor manipulation package to help students overcome the computational challenge associated with general relativity is available on a site hosted by the author. A link to this and to a solutions manual can be found at www.cambridge.org/9780521762458.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/62458/cover/9780521762458.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100708</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0883850419</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883850411</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883850411</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Algebra and Tiling</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Homomorphisms in the Service of Geometry</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883850411</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Stein, Sherman</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Szabó, Sandor</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>222</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Often questions about tiling space or a polygon lead to questions concerning algebra. For instance, tiling by cubes raises questions about finite abelian groups. Tiling by triangles of equal areas soon involves Sperner's lemma from topology and valuations from algebra. The first six chapters of Algebra and Tiling form a self-contained treatment of these topics, beginning with Minkowski's conjecture about lattice tiling of Euclidean space by unit cubes, and concluding with Laczkowicz's recent work on tiling by similar triangles. The concluding chapter presents a simplified version of Rédei's theorem on finite abelian groups. Algebra and Tiling is accessible to undergraduate mathematics majors, as most of the tools necessary to read the book are found in standard upper level algebra courses, but teachers, researchers and professional mathematicians will find the book equally appealing.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/50411/cover/9780883850411.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100715</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521701384</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521701389</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521701389</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Applied Complex Variables for Scientists and Engineers</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521701389</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kwok, Yue Kuen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>450</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBKD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This introduction to complex variable methods begins by carefully defining complex numbers and analytic functions, and proceeds to give accounts of complex integration, Taylor series, singularities, residues and mappings. Both algebraic and geometric tools are employed to provide the greatest understanding, with many diagrams illustrating the concepts introduced. The emphasis is laid on understanding the use of methods, rather than on rigorous proofs. Throughout the text, many of the important theoretical results in complex function theory are followed by relevant and vivid examples in physical sciences. This second edition now contains 350 stimulating exercises of high quality, with solutions given to many of them. Material has been updated and additional proofs on some of the important theorems in complex function theory are now included, e.g. the Weierstrass–Casorati theorem. The book is highly suitable for students wishing to learn the elements of complex analysis in an applied context.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/01389/cover/9780521701389.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>79.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521730252</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521730259</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521730259</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Cambridge Handbook of Creativity</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521730259</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kaufman, James C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sternberg, Robert J.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>512</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JMRN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Cambridge Handbook of Creativity is a comprehensive scholarly handbook on creativity from the most respected psychologists, researchers and educators. This handbook serves both as a thorough introduction to the field of creativity and as an invaluable reference and current source of important information. It covers such diverse topics as the brain, education, business, and world cultures. The first section, 'Basic Concepts', is designed to introduce readers to both the history of and key concepts in the field of creativity. The next section, 'Diverse Perspectives of Creativity', contains chapters on the many ways of approaching creativity. Several of these approaches, such as the functional, evolutionary, and neuroscientific approaches, have been invented or greatly reconceptualized in the last decade. The third section, 'Contemporary Debates', highlights ongoing topics that still inspire discussion. Finally, the editors summarize and discuss important concepts from the book and look to what lies ahead.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/30259/cover/9780521730259.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521143799</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143790</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521143790</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Comparative Company Law</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Text and Cases on the Laws Governing Corporations in Germany, the UK and the USA</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521143790</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Cahn, Andreas</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Donald, David C.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>956</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LNCD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>It can be difficult for students of comparative company law both to understand the internationally relative nature of a legal system and grasp it in practical detail. This book is designed to address that problem. Each chapter begins with a discursive analysis of the laws in Germany, the UK and the USA, framed by a comparative presentation. Chapters also contain edited judicial decisions from at least two of the jurisdictions, which allow readers to perform their own comparisons in more detail and leave room for original analysis and discussion.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/43790/cover/9780521143790.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521867673</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521867672</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521867672</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Computational Methods for Geodynamics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521867672</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ismail-Zadeh, Alik</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tackley, Paul</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>332</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Written as both a textbook and a handy reference, this text deliberately avoids complex mathematics assuming only basic familiarity with geodynamic theory and calculus. Here, the authors have brought together the key numerical techniques for geodynamic modeling, demonstrations of how to solve problems including lithospheric deformation, mantle convection and the geodynamo. Building from a discussion of the fundamental principles of mathematical and numerical modeling, the text moves into critical examinations of each of the different techniques before concluding with a detailed analysis of specific geodynamic applications. Key differences between methods and their respective limitations are also discussed - showing readers when and how to apply a particular method in order to produce the most accurate results. This is an essential text for advanced courses on numerical and computational modeling in geodynamics and geophysics, and an invaluable resource for researchers looking to master cutting-edge techniques. Links to supplementary computer codes are available online.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/67672/cover/9780521867672.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521171768</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521171762</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521171762</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Constitutional Rights in Two Worlds</TitleText>
<Subtitle>South Africa and the United States</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521171762</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kende, Mark S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LAM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The South African Constitutional Court has issued internationally prominent decisions abolishing the death penalty, enforcing socio-economic rights, allowing gay marriage and promoting equality. These decisions are striking given the country's apartheid past and the absence of a grand human rights tradition. By contrast, the US Supreme Court has generally ruled more conservatively on similar questions. This book examines the Constitutional Court in detail to determine how it has functioned during South Africa's transition and compares its rulings to those of the US Supreme Court on similar rights issues. The book also analyzes the scholarly debate about the Constitutional Court taking place in South Africa. It furthermore addresses the arguments of those international scholars who have suggested that constitutional courts do not generally bring about social change. In the end, the book highlights a transformative pragmatic method of constitutional interpretation – a method the US Supreme Court could employ.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/71762/cover/9780521171762.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521516005</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516006</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521516006</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Dark Energy</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Theory and Observations</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521516006</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Amendola, Luca</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Tsujikawa, Shinji</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>506</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Dark energy, the mysterious cause of the accelerating expansion of the universe, is one of the most important fields of research in astrophysics and cosmology today. Introducing the theoretical ideas, observational methods and results, this textbook is ideally suited to graduate courses on dark energy, and will also supplement advanced cosmology courses. Providing a thorough introduction to this exciting field, the textbook covers the cosmological constant, quintessence, k-essence, perfect fluid models, extra-dimensional models, and modified gravity. Observational research is reviewed, from the cosmic microwave background to baryon acoustic oscillations, weak lensing and cluster abundances. Every chapter ends with problems, with full solutions provided, and any calculations are worked through step-by-step.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/16006/cover/9780521516006.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521142466</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142465</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142465</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Essential Guide to Effect Sizes</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Statistical Power, Meta-Analysis, and the Interpretation of Research Results</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521142465</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ellis, Paul D.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>192</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KJM</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This succinct and jargon-free introduction to effect sizes gives students and researchers the tools they need to interpret the practical significance of their results. Using a class-tested approach that includes numerous examples and step-by-step exercises, it introduces and explains three of the most important issues relating to the practical significance of research results: the reporting and interpretation of effect sizes (Part I), the analysis of statistical power (Part II), and the meta-analytic pooling of effect size estimates drawn from different studies (Part III). The book concludes with a handy list of recommendations for those actively engaged in or currently preparing research projects.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/42465/cover/9780521142465.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0883857685</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857687</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857687</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Excursions in Classical Analysis</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Pathways to Advanced Problem Solving and Undergraduate Research</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883857687</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Chen, Hongwei</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>316</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Excursions in Classical Analysis introduces undergraduate students to advanced problem solving and undergraduate research in two ways. Firstly, it provides a colourful tour of classical analysis which places a wide variety of problems in their historical context. Secondly, it helps students gain an understanding of mathematical discovery and proof. In demonstrating a variety of possible solutions to the same sample exercise, the reader will come to see how the connections between apparently inapplicable areas of mathematics can be exploited in problem-solving. This book will serve as excellent preparation for participation in mathematics competitions, as a valuable resource for undergraduate mathematics reading courses and seminars and as a supplement text in a course on analysis. It can also be used in independent study, since the chapters are free-standing.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/57687/cover/9780883857687.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100617</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521737443</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737449</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521737449</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Globalization and the Politics of Development in the Middle East</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521737449</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Henry, Clement Moore</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Springborg, Robert</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>382</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In a new edition of their book on the economic development of the Middle East and North Africa, Clement Henry and Robert Springborg reflect on what has happened to the region's economy since 2001. How have the various countries in the Middle East responded to the challenges of globalization and to the rise of political Islam, and what changes, for better or for worse, have occurred? Utilizing the country categories they applied in the previous book and further elaborating the significance of the structural power of capital and Islamic finance, they demonstrate how over the past decade the monarchies (as exemplified by Jordan, Morocco and those of the Gulf Cooperation Council) and the conditional democracies (Israel, Turkey and Lebanon) continue to do better than the military dictatorships or 'bullies' (Egypt, Tunisia and now Iran) and 'the bunker states' (Algeria, Iraq, Libya, Sudan, Syria and Yemen).</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19397/cover/9780521519397.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521142482</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142489</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142489</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>International Migration in the Age of Crisis and Globalization</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Historical and Recent Experiences</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521142489</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Solimano, Andres</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>K</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The international mobility of people and elites is a main feature of the global economy of today. Immigration augments the labor force in receiving countries and provides many of the bodies and minds that are essential to any vibrant economy. This book is based on a blend of theory, varied country examples, and rich historical material ranging from the mid-nineteenth century to the early twenty-first century. It discusses the conceptual underpinnings of the push and pull factors of current migration waves and their impacts for development on the source and receiving countries. The analysis reviews the historical context under which various migration experiences have taken place - both in periods of internationalism and nationalism - in order to contribute to debates on the desirability of and tensions and costs involved in the current process of international migration.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/42489/cover/9780521142489.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521721644</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521721646</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521721646</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Word Grammar</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521721646</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, Richard</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Word grammar is a theory of language structure and is based on the assumption that language, and indeed the whole of knowledge, is a network, and that virtually all of knowledge is learned. It combines the psychological insights of cognitive linguistics with the rigour of more formal theories. This textbook spans a broad range of topics from prototypes, activation and default inheritance to the details of syntactic, morphological and semantic structure. It introduces elementary ideas from cognitive science and uses them to explain the structure of language including a survey of English grammar.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/21646/cover/9780521721646.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521140919</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140911</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521140911</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Language of Law and the Foundations of American Constitutionalism</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521140911</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McDowell, Gary L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>432</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JP</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>For much of its history, the interpretation of the United States Constitution presupposed judges seeking the meaning of the text and the original intentions behind that text, a process that was deemed by Chief Justice John Marshall to be 'the most sacred rule of interpretation'. Since the end of the nineteenth century, a radically new understanding has developed in which the moral intuition of the judges is allowed to supplant the Constitution's original meaning as the foundation of interpretation. The Founders' Constitution of fixed and permanent meaning has been replaced by the idea of a 'living' or evolving constitution. Gary L. McDowell refutes this new understanding, recovering the theoretical grounds of the original Constitution as understood by those who framed and ratified it. It was, he argues, the intention of the Founders that the judiciary must be bound by the original meaning of the Constitution when interpreting it.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/40911/cover/9780521140911.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521118425</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521118422</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521118422</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Lectures on Algebraic Cycles</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521118422</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bloch, Spencer</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>154</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBMW</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Spencer Bloch's 1979 Duke lectures, a milestone in modern mathematics, have been out of print almost since their first publication in 1980, yet they have remained influential and are still the best place to learn the guiding philosophy of algebraic cycles and motives. This edition, now professionally typeset, has a new preface by the author giving his perspective on developments in the field over the past 30 years. The theory of algebraic cycles encompasses such central problems in mathematics as the Hodge conjecture and the Bloch–Kato conjecture on special values of zeta functions. The book begins with Mumford's example showing that the Chow group of zero-cycles on an algebraic variety can be infinite-dimensional, and explains how Hodge theory and algebraic K-theory give new insights into this and other phenomena.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/18422/cover/9780521118422.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521130336</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130332</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521130332</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Leftist Governments in Latin America</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Successes and Shortcomings</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521130332</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Weyland, Kurt</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Madrid, Raúl L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hunter, Wendy</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>224</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Can Latin America's 'new left' stimulate economic development, enhance social equity, and deepen democracy in spite of the economic and political constraints it faces? This is the first book to systematically examine the policies and performance of the left-wing governments that have risen to power in Latin America during the last decade. Featuring thorough studies of Bolivia, Brazil, Chile, and Venezuela by renowned experts, the volume argues that moderate leftist governments have attained greater, more sustainable success than their more radical, contestatory counterparts. Moderate governments in Brazil and Chile have generated solid economic growth, reduced poverty and inequality, and created innovative and fiscally sound social programs, while respecting the fundamental principles of market economics and liberal democracy. By contrast, more radical governments, exemplified by Hugo Chávez in Venezuela, have expanded state intervention and popular participation and attained some short-term economic and social successes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/30332/cover/9780521130332.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521732565</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732567</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521732567</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Medicine and Society in Early Modern Europe</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521732567</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lindemann, Mary</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>2</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>314</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Medicine and Society in Early Modern Europe offers students a concise introduction to health and healing in Europe from 1500 to 1800. Bringing together the best recent research in the field, Mary Lindemann examines medicine from a social and cultural perspective, rather than a narrowly scientific one. Drawing on medical anthropology, sociology, and ethics as well as cultural and social history, she focuses on the experience of illness and on patients and folk healers as much as on the rise of medical science, doctors, and hospitals. This second edition has been updated and revised throughout in content, style, and interpretations, and new material has been added, in particular, on colonialism, exploration, and women. Accessibly written and full of fascinating insights, this will be essential reading for all students of the history of medicine and will provide invaluable context for students of early modern Europe more generally.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/32567/cover/9780521732567.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>44.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521147972</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521147972</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521147972</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Mesolithic Europe</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521147972</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bailey, Geoff</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Spikins, Penny</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>498</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HDDA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book focuses on the archaeology of the hunter-gatherer societies that inhabited Europe in the millennia between the Last Ice Age and the spread of agriculture, between ten thousand and five thousand years ago. Traditionally viewed as a period of cultural stagnation, new data now demonstrate that this was a period of radical change and innovation. This was the period that witnessed the colonisation of extensive new territory at high latitudes and high altitudes following postglacial climatic change, the development of seafaring, and the synthesis of the technological, economic, and social capabilities that underpinned the later development of agricultural and urban societies. Providing a pan-European overview, Mesolithic Europe includes up-to-date regional syntheses written by experts in each region as well as a diversity of theoretical perspectives.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/47972/cover/9780521147972.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>89.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0883857634</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857632</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780883857632</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Methods for Euclidean Geometry</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780883857632</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Byer, Owen</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lazebnik, Felix</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Smeltzer, Deirdre L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>500</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBMH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Euclidean plane geometry is one of the oldest and most beautiful topics in mathematics. Instead of carefully building geometries from axiom sets, this book uses a wealth of methods to solve problems in Euclidean geometry. Many of these methods arose where existing techniques proved inadequate. In several cases, the new ideas used in solving specific problems later developed into independent areas of mathematics. This book is primarily a geometry textbook, but studying geometry in this way will also develop students' appreciation of the subject and of mathematics as a whole. For instance, despite the fact that the analytic method has been part of mathematics for four centuries, it is rarely a tool a student considers using when faced with a geometry problem. Methods for Euclidean Geometry explores the application of a broad range of mathematical topics to the solution of Euclidean problems.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808838/57632/cover/9780883857632.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101030</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0898717000</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898717006</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898717006</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Modeling, Simulation, and Optimization of Supply Chains</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Continuous Approach</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898717006</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>d'Apice, Ciro</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Göttlich, Simone</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Herty, Michael</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Piccoli, Benedetto</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBU</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Modeling, Simulation, and Optimization of Supply Chains is an up-to-date introduction to the mathematical theory of supply chains, which focuses on those supply chain networks which are described by partial differential equations. The book discusses modeling of complex supply networks as well as their mathematical theory. In addition, the authors investigate the optimization of some of the discussed models and present the analytical and numerical results on optimization problems. Practical examples demonstrate the applicability of the presented approaches. The book provides an introduction to the topic and also explores the more advanced theoretical and numerical background. Graduate students and researchers, who wish to stay abreast of the latest developments in this field, will be interested in this book; it may be used to teach advanced courses on modeling of physical phenomena as well as introductory courses on supply chain theory.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/17006/cover/9780898717006.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521728770</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728775</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521728775</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Modular Evolution</TitleText>
<Subtitle>How Natural Selection Produces Biological Complexity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521728775</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vinicius, Lucio</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>248</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PSAJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Natural selection is more than the survival of the fittest: it is a force engendering higher biological complexity. Presenting a new explanation for the tendency of life to become more complex through evolution, this book offers an introduction to the key debates in evolutionary theory, including the role of genes and sex in evolution, the adaptive reasons for senescence and death and the origin of neural information. The author argues that biological complexity increased through the process of 'modularity transfer': modular phenotypes (proteins, somatic cells, learned behaviours) evolved into new modular information carriers (regulatory proteins, neural cells, words), giving rise to new information systems and higher levels of biological organisation. Modular Evolution makes sense of the unique place of humans in evolution, both as the pinnacle of biological complexity and inventors of non-biological evolution.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/28775/cover/9780521728775.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100715</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521731348</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731348</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521731348</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Molecular Approaches in Natural Resource Conservation and Management</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521731348</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>DeWoody, J. Andrew</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bickham, John W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Michler, Charles</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>4</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Nichols, Krista</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>5</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rhodes, Gene</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>6</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Woeste, Keith</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>RNK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Recent advances in molecular genetics and genomics have been embraced by many in natural resource conservation. Today, several major conservation and management journals are now using 'genetics' editors to deal solely with the influx of manuscripts that employ molecular data. The editors have attempted to synthesize some of the major uses of molecular markers in natural resource management in a book targeted not only at scientists but also at individuals actively making conservation and management decisions. To that end, the text features contributors who are major figures in molecular ecology and evolution - many having published books of their own. The aim is to direct and distil the thoughts of these outstanding scientists by compiling compelling case histories in molecular ecology as they apply to natural resource management.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/31348/cover/9780521731348.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100614</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521897327</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897327</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521897327</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Rethinking Antisemitism in Nineteenth-Century France</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521897327</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kalman, Julie</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>246</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HRJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Rethinking Antisemitism in Nineteenth-Century France is a history of the stories the French told about the Jews in their midst during the early nineteenth century. Using a novel cultural analysis that brings together pamphlets, newspaper articles, novels, and works of art, Julie Kalman focuses on the period that historians have explored the least, encompassing the years 1815–1848. Kalman shows that there were significant discussions surrounding France's Jewish population taking place during this period and argues that these discussions are central to our understanding of the history of the Jew's place in France. These stories also allow us to reflect on core questions of French history during this period, a time when the French were questioning the fundamental nature of their own identity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/97327/cover/9780521897327.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20091214</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>165.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521142342</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142342</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521142342</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Lisbon Treaty</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Legal and Political Analysis</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521142342</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Piris, Jean-Claude</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A23</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Merkel, Angela</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LN</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Given the controversies and difficulties which preceded the coming into force of the Lisbon Treaty, it is easy to forget that the Treaty is a complex legal document in need of detailed analysis for its impact to be fully understood. Jean-Claude Piris, the Director General of the Legal Service of the Council of the European Union, provides such an analysis, looking at the historical and political contexts of the Treaty, its impact on the democratic framework of the EU and its provisions in relation to substantive law. Impartial legal analysis of the EU's functions, its powers and the treaties which govern it make this the seminal text on the most significant recent development in EU law.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/42342/cover/9780521142342.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100617</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521138256</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521138253</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Making of a European Public Sphere</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Media Discourse and Political Contention</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521138253</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Koopmans, Ruud</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Statham, Paul</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>360</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This book investigates an important source of the European Union's recent legitimacy problems. It shows how European integration is debated in mass media, and how this affects democratic inclusiveness. Advancing integration implies a shift in power between governments, parliaments, and civil society. Behind debates over Europe's 'democratic deficit' is a deeper concern: whether democratic politics can perform effectively under conditions of Europeanization and globalization. This study is based on a wealth of unique data from seven European countries, combining newspaper content analyses, an innovative study of Internet communication structures, and hundreds of interviews with leading political and media representatives across Europe. It is by far the most far-reaching and empirically grounded study on the Europeanization of media discourse and political contention to date, and a must-read for anyone interested in how European integration changes democratic politics and why European integration has become increasingly contested.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/38253/cover/9780521138253.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100809</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521164826</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521164825</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521164825</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Parthenon</TitleText>
<Subtitle>From Antiquity to the Present</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521164825</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Neils, Jenifer</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>454</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>ACG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This volume provides an overview of the Parthenon from antiquity to the modern era. Recent discoveries, such as the marble sculpture fragments found during the current restoration work on the Acropolis, or a vase excavated in Northern Greece whose decoration echoes a lost pedimental composition, have forced scholars to reconsider many aspects of one of the most important monuments of classical antiquity. Bringing together essays on various aspects of this world-renowned temple, this book examines the dramatic setting of the temple and its impact on modern architects such as Le Corbusier; new reconstructions and interpretations of Pheidias' vast sculptural program; in-depth analysis of architectural refinements; the techniques employed in making the colossal gold-and-ivory cult statue; and a consideration of the Christian and Muslim phases of the Parthenon's history. Collectively, they enhance our understanding of one of the icons of Western art.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/64825/cover/9780521164825.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100819</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>64.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521139384</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139380</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521139380</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Transiting Exoplanets</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521139380</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Haswell, Carole A.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The methods used in the detection and characterisation of exoplanets are presented through the study of transiting systems in this unique textbook for advanced undergraduates. From determining the atmospheric properties of transiting exoplanets to measuring the planetary orbit's alignment with the stellar spin, students will discover what these measurements imply for reinvigorated theories of planet formation and evolution. Worked examples and exercises with full solutions help students to assess their understanding of concepts and results. Key points and equations are highlighted to make them easily identifiable, and there are full colour illustrations throughout. Bridging the gap between introductory, non-mathematical texts and more advanced textbooks, this book is ideal for students with some background in mathematics, physics and astronomy.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/39380/cover/9780521139380.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>84.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521745330</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521745338</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521745338</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Language Diversity in the USA</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521745338</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Potowski, Kim</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>346</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>What are the most widely spoken non-English languages in the USA? How did they reach the USA? Who speaks them, to whom, and for what purposes? What changes do these languages undergo as they come into contact with English? This book investigates the linguistic diversity of the USA by profiling the twelve most commonly used languages other than English. Each chapter paints a portrait of the history, current demographics, community characteristics, economic status, and language maintenance of each language group, and looks ahead to the future of each language. The book challenges myths about the 'official' language of the USA, explores the degree to which today's immigrants are learning English and assimilating into the mainstream, and discusses the relationship between linguistic diversity and national unity. Written in a coherent and structured style, Language Diversity in the USA is essential reading for advanced students and researchers in sociolinguistics, bilingualism, and education.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/45338/cover/9780521745338.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100805</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195330</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195331</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195331</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Networks, Crowds, and Markets</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Reasoning About a Highly Connected World</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195331</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Easley, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kleinberg, Jon</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>736</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Are all film stars linked to Kevin Bacon? Why do the stock markets rise and fall sharply on the strength of a vague rumour? How does gossip spread so quickly? Are we all related through six degrees of separation? There is a growing awareness of the complex networks that pervade modern society. We see them in the rapid growth of the Internet, the ease of global communication, the swift spread of news and information, and in the way epidemics and financial crises develop with startling speed and intensity. This introductory book on the new science of networks takes an interdisciplinary approach, using economics, sociology, computing, information science and applied mathematics to address fundamental questions about the links that connect us, and the ways that our decisions can have consequences for others.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95331/cover/9780521195331.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100719</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>99.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052151407X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521514071</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521514071</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Numerical Relativity</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Solving Einstein's Equations on the Computer</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521514071</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Baumgarte, Thomas W.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Shapiro, Stuart L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>720</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PGK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Aimed at students and researchers entering the field, this pedagogical introduction to numerical relativity will also interest scientists seeking a broad survey of its challenges and achievements. Assuming only a basic knowledge of classical general relativity, the book develops the mathematical formalism from first principles, and then highlights some of the pioneering simulations involving black holes and neutron stars, gravitational collapse and gravitational waves. The book contains 300 exercises to help readers master new material as it is presented. Numerous illustrations, many in color, assist in visualizing new geometric concepts and highlighting the results of computer simulations. Summary boxes encapsulate some of the most important results for quick reference. Applications covered include calculations of coalescing binary black holes and binary neutron stars, rotating stars, colliding star clusters, gravitational and magnetorotational collapse, critical phenomena, the generation of gravitational waves, and other topics of current physical and astrophysical significance.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/14071/cover/9780521514071.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521165458</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521165457</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521165457</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Ordering Power</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Contentious Politics and Authoritarian Leviathans in Southeast Asia</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521165457</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Slater, Dan</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>336</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>JPB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Like the postcolonial world more generally, Southeast Asia exhibits tremendous variation in state capacity and authoritarian durability. Ordering Power draws on theoretical insights dating back to Thomas Hobbes to develop a unified framework for explaining both of these political outcomes. States are especially strong and dictatorships especially durable when they have their origins in 'protection pacts': broad elite coalitions unified by shared support for heightened state power and tightened authoritarian controls as bulwarks against especially threatening and challenging types of contentious politics. These coalitions provide the elite collective action underpinning strong states, robust ruling parties, cohesive militaries, and durable authoritarian regimes - all at the same time. Comparative-historical analysis of seven Southeast Asian countries (Burma, Indonesia, Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore, South Vietnam, and Thailand) reveals that subtly divergent patterns of contentious politics after World War II provide the best explanation for the dramatic divergence in Southeast Asia's contemporary states and regimes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/65457/cover/9780521165457.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100819</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>59.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521768799</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768795</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768795</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>p-adic Differential Equations</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768795</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Kedlaya, Kiran S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>398</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBKJ</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Over the last 50 years the theory of p-adic differential equations has grown into an active area of research in its own right, and has important applications to number theory and to computer science. This book, the first comprehensive and unified introduction to the subject, improves and simplifies existing results as well as including original material. Based on a course given by the author at MIT, this modern treatment is accessible to graduate students and researchers. Exercises are included at the end of each chapter to help the reader review the material, and the author also provides detailed references to the literature to aid further study.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/68795/cover/9780521768795.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100610</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521122546</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>02</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521122542</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521122542</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>P, NP, and NP-Completeness</TitleText>
<Subtitle>The Basics of Computational Complexity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521122542</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Goldreich, Oded</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>216</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>UMB</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The focus of this book is the P versus NP Question and the theory of NP-completeness. It also provides adequate preliminaries regarding computational problems and computational models. The P versus NP Question asks whether or not finding solutions is harder than checking the correctness of solutions. An alternative formulation asks whether or not discovering proofs is harder than verifying their correctness. It is widely believed that the answer to these equivalent formulations is positive, and this is captured by saying that P is different from NP. Although the P versus NP Question remains unresolved, the theory of NP-completeness offers evidence for the intractability of specific problems in NP by showing that they are universal for the entire class. Amazingly enough, NP-complete problems exist, and furthermore hundreds of natural computational problems arising in many different areas of mathematics and science are NP-complete.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/22542/cover/9780521122542.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>02</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20101129</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>74.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521159148</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521159142</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521159142</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>The Portuguese in West Africa, 1415–1670</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Documentary History</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521159142</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Newitt, Malyn</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>264</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The Portuguese in West Africa, 1415–1670 brings together a collection of documents - all in new English translation - that illustrate aspects of the encounters between the Portuguese and the peoples of North and West Africa in the period from 1400 to 1650. This period witnessed the diaspora of the Sephardic Jews, the emigration of Portuguese to West Africa and the islands, and the beginnings of the black diaspora associated with the slave trade. The documents show how the Portuguese tried to understand the societies with which they came into contact and to reconcile their experience with the myths and legends inherited from classical and medieval learning. They also show how Africans reacted to the coming of Europeans, adapting Christian ideas to local beliefs and making use of exotic imports and European technologies. The documents also describe the evolution of the black Portuguese communities in Guinea and the islands, as well as the slave trade and the way that it was organized, understood, and justified.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/59142/cover/9780521159142.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100813</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>54.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0898716942</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898716948</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780898716948</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Primer on Optimal Control Theory</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780898716948</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Speyer, Jason L.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Jacobson, David H.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>323</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBWH</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The performance of a process, such as aircraft fuel consumption, can be enhanced when its most effective controls and operating points are determined. Primer on Optimal Control Theory provides an introduction to the theory behind analysing these processes and finding the best controls, which provides a sound basis for those wishing to tackle more advanced literature. The book presents the important concepts of weak and strong control variations leading to local necessary conditions, and also global sufficiency of Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman theory. It also gives the second variation for local optimality where the associated Riccati equation is derived from the transition matrix of the Hamiltonian system. These ideas lead naturally to the development of H2 and H∞ synthesis algorithms. This book will enable applied mathematicians, engineers, scientists, biomedical researchers, and economists to understand and implement optimal control theory at a level of sufficient generality and applicability for most practical purposes.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97808987/16948/cover/9780898716948.gif</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100513</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521147352</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521147354</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521147354</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Probability on Graphs</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Random Processes on Graphs and Lattices</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521147354</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Grimmett, Geoffrey</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>258</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBT</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This introduction to some of the principal models in the theory of disordered systems leads the reader through the basics, to the very edge of contemporary research, with the minimum of technical fuss. Topics covered include random walk, percolation, self-avoiding walk, interacting particle systems, uniform spanning tree, random graphs, as well as the Ising, Potts, and random-cluster models for ferromagnetism, and the Lorentz model for motion in a random medium. Schramm–Löwner evolutions (SLE) arise in various contexts. The choice of topics is strongly motivated by modern applications and focuses on areas that merit further research. Special features include a simple account of Smirnov's proof of Cardy's formula for critical percolation, and a fairly full account of the theory of influence and sharp-thresholds. Accessible to a wide audience of mathematicians and physicists, this book can be used as a graduate course text. Each chapter ends with a range of exercises.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/47354/cover/9780521147354.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521748682</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521748681</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521748681</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Prospect Theory</TitleText>
<Subtitle>For Risk and Ambiguity</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521748681</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Wakker, Peter P.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>518</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>KCA</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Prospect Theory: For Risk and Ambiguity provides the first comprehensive and accessible textbook treatment of the way decisions are made both when we have the statistical probabilities associated with uncertain future events (risk) and when we lack them (ambiguity). The book presents models, primarily prospect theory, that are both tractable and psychologically realistic. A method of presentation is chosen that makes the empirical meaning of each theoretical model completely transparent. Prospect theory has many applications in a wide variety of disciplines. The material in the book has been carefully organized to allow readers to select pathways through the book relevant to their own interests. With numerous exercises and worked examples, the book is ideally suited to the needs of students taking courses in decision theory in economics, mathematics, finance, psychology, management science, health, computer science, Bayesian statistics, and engineering.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/48681/cover/9780521748681.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>69.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521763665</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763660</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521763660</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Quantum Mechanics for Nanostructures</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521763660</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Mitin, Vladimir V.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sementsov, Dmitry I.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>3</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Vagidov, Nizami Z.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>448</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>TJFD</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The properties of new nanoscale materials, their fabrication and applications, as well as the operational principles of nanodevices and systems, are solely determined by quantum-mechanical laws and principles. This textbook introduces engineers to quantum mechanics and the world of nanostructures, enabling them to apply the theories to numerous nanostructure problems. The textbook covers the fundamentals of quantum mechanics, including uncertainty relations, the Schrödinger equation, perturbation theory, and tunneling. These are then applied to a quantum dot, the smallest artificial atom, and compared to hydrogen, the smallest atom in nature. Nanoscale objects with higher dimensionality, such as quantum wires and quantum wells, are introduced, as well as nanoscale materials and nanodevices. Numerous examples throughout the text help students to understand the material.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/63660/cover/9780521763660.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521519187</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519182</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521519182</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Random Walk: A Modern Introduction</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521519182</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lawler, Gregory F.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Limic, Vlada</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>376</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBWL</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Random walks are stochastic processes formed by successive summation of independent, identically distributed random variables and are one of the most studied topics in probability theory. This contemporary introduction evolved from courses taught at Cornell University and the University of Chicago by the first author, who is one of the most highly regarded researchers in the field of stochastic processes. This text meets the need for a modern reference to the detailed properties of an important class of random walks on the integer lattice. It is suitable for probabilists, mathematicians working in related fields, and for researchers in other disciplines who use random walks in modeling.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/19182/cover/9780521519182.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>105.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521768071</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768078</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521768078</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Representations of Groups</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Computational Approach</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521768078</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Lux, Klaus</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Pahlings, Herbert</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>472</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>PBG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>The representation theory of finite groups has seen rapid growth in recent years with the development of efficient algorithms and computer algebra systems. This is the first book to provide an introduction to the ordinary and modular representation theory of finite groups with special emphasis on the computational aspects of the subject. Evolving from courses taught at Aachen University, this well-paced text is ideal for graduate-level study. The authors provide over 200 exercises, both theoretical and computational, and include worked examples using the computer algebra system GAP. These make the abstract theory tangible and engage students in real hands-on work. GAP is freely available from www.gap-system.org and readers can download source code and solutions to selected exercises from the book's web page.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/68078/cover/9780521768078.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100701</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>94.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521747961</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747967</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521747967</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BC</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Spectres of the Self</TitleText>
<Subtitle>Thinking about Ghosts and Ghost-Seeing in England, 1750–1920</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521747967</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>McCorristine, Shane</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>286</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HBJD1</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Spectres of the Self is a fascinating study of the rich cultures surrounding the experience of seeing ghosts in England from the Reformation to the twentieth century. Shane McCorristine examines a vast range of primary and secondary sources, showing how ghosts, apparitions, and hallucinations were imagined, experienced, and debated from the pages of fiction to the case reports of the Society for Psychical Research. By analysing a broad range of themes from telepathy and ghost-hunting to the notion of dreaming while awake and the question of why ghosts wore clothes, Dr McCorristine reveals the sheer variety of ideas of ghost seeing in English society and culture. He shows how the issue of ghosts remained dynamic despite the advance of science and secularism and argues that the ghost ultimately represented a spectre of the self, a symbol of the psychological hauntedness of modern experience.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805217/47967/cover/9780521747967.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100722</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>49.95</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521195497</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195492</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521195492</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>How to Do Things with Rules</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521195492</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Twining, William</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Miers, David</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>5</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>450</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>LAS</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>New to English law? Need to know how rules are made, interpreted and applied? This popular and well-established textbook will show you how. It simplifies legal method by combining examples with an account of rules in general: the who, what, why and how of interpretation. Starting with standpoint and context, it identifies factors that give rise to doubts about the interpretation of a rule and recommends a systematic approach to analysing those factors. Questions and exercises integrated in the text and on the accompanying website will help you to develop skills in reading, interpreting and arguing about legal and other rules. The text is fully updated on developments in the legislative process and the judicial interpretation of statutes and precedent. It includes a new chapter on 'The European Dimension' reflecting the changes brought about by the Human Rights Act 1998.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/95492/cover/9780521195492.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100520</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521517834</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517836</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521517836</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Defining Pragmatics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521517836</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Ariel, Mira</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFG</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Although there is no shortage of definitions for pragmatics the received wisdom is that 'pragmatics' simply cannot be coherently defined. In this groundbreaking book Mira Ariel challenges the prominent definitions of pragmatics, as well as the widely-held assumption that specific topics – implicatures, deixis, speech acts, politeness – naturally and uniformly belong on the pragmatics turf. She reconstitutes the field, defining grammar as a set of conventional codes, and pragmatics as a set of inferences, rationally derived. The book applies this division of labor between codes and inferences to many classical pragmatic phenomena, and even to phenomena considered 'beyond pragmatics'. Surprisingly, although some of these turn out pragmatic, others actually turn out grammatical. Additional intriguing questions addressed in the book include: why is it sometimes difficult to distinguish grammar from pragmatics? Why is there no grand design behind grammar nor behind pragmatics? Are all extragrammatical phenomena pragmatic?</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805215/17836/cover/9780521517836.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>155.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521889154</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521889155</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521889155</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Romance Languages</TitleText>
<Subtitle>A Historical Introduction</Subtitle>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521889155</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Alkire, Ti</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Rosen, Carol</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>392</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Ti Alkire and Carol Rosen trace the changes that led from colloquial Latin to five major Romance languages, those which ultimately became national or transnational languages: Spanish, French, Italian, Portuguese, and Romanian. Trends in spoken Latin altered or dismantled older categories in phonology and morphology, while the regional varieties of speech, evolving under diverse influences, formed new grammatical patterns, each creating its own internal regularities. Documentary sources for spoken Latin show the beginnings of this process, which comes to full fruition in the medieval emergence of written Romance languages. This book newly distills the facts into an appealing program of study, including exercises, and makes the difficult issues clear, taking well motivated and sometimes innovative stands. It provides not only an essential guide for those new to the topic, but also a reliable compendium for the specialist.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/89155/cover/9780521889155.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>120.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521896908</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896900</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521896900</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>An Introduction to Word Grammar</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521896900</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Hudson, Richard</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>348</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>CFK</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>Word grammar is a theory of language structure and is based on the assumption that language, and indeed the whole of knowledge, is a network, and that virtually all of knowledge is learned. It combines the psychological insights of cognitive linguistics with the rigour of more formal theories. This textbook spans a broad range of topics from prototypes, activation and default inheritance to the details of syntactic, morphological and semantic structure. It introduces elementary ideas from cognitive science and uses them to explain the structure of language including a survey of English grammar.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/96900/cover/9780521896900.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100729</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>140.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>0521839289</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521839280</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521839280</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Greek and Roman Aesthetics</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521839280</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Bychkov, Oleg V.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>2</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>B10</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Sheppard, Anne</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>294</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPC</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>This anthology of philosophical texts by Greek and Roman authors brings together works from the late fifth century BC to the sixth century AD that comment on major aesthetic issues such as the perception of beauty and harmony in music and the visual arts, structure and style in literature, and aesthetic judgement. It includes important texts by Plato and Aristotle on the status and the role of the arts in society and in education, and Longinus' reflections on the sublime in literature, in addition to less well-known writings by Philodemus, Cicero, Seneca, Plotinus, Augustine and Proclus. Most of the texts have been newly translated for this volume, and some are available in English for the first time. A detailed introduction traces the development of classical aesthetics from its roots in Platonism and Aristotelianism to its ultimate form in late Antiquity.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805218/39280/cover/9780521839280.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication/>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100624</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>130.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>

<Product>
<RecordReference>052176646X</RecordReference>
<NotificationType>03</NotificationType>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>03</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766463</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIdentifier>
<ProductIDType>15</ProductIDType>
<IDValue>9780521766463</IDValue>
</ProductIdentifier>
<ProductForm>BB</ProductForm>
<Title>
<TitleType>01</TitleType>
<TitleText>Reading Sartre</TitleText>
</Title>
<Website>
<WebsiteLink>http://www.cambridge.org/aus/catalogue/catalogue.asp?isbn=9780521766463</WebsiteLink>
</Website>

<Contributor>
<SequenceNumber>1</SequenceNumber>
<ContributorRole>A01</ContributorRole>
<PersonNameInverted>Catalano, Joseph S.</PersonNameInverted>
</Contributor>

<EditionNumber>1</EditionNumber>
<NumberOfPages>240</NumberOfPages>
<BICMainSubject>HPCF</BICMainSubject>
<OtherText>
<TextTypeCode>02</TextTypeCode>
<Text>In this volume, Joseph Catalano offers an in-depth exploration of Jean-Paul Sartre's four major philosophical writings: Being and Nothingness, Saint Genet: Actor and Martyr, The Critique of Dialectical Reason, and The Family Idiot. These works have been immensely influential, but they are long and difficult and thus challenging for both students and scholars. Catalano here demonstrates the interrelation of these four works, their internal logic, and how they provide insights into important but overlooked aspects of Sartre's thought, such as the body, childhood, and evil. The book begins with Sartre's final work, The Family Idiot, and systematically works backward to Being and Nothingness. Catalano then repeats the study by advancing chronologically, beginning with Being and Nothingness and ending with The Family Idiot and an afterword on Flaubert's Madame Bovary. Readers will appreciate Catalano's subtle readings as well as the new insights that he brings to Sartre's oeuvre.</Text>
</OtherText>
<MediaFile>
<MediaFileTypeCode>04</MediaFileTypeCode>
<MediaFileLinkTypeCode>01</MediaFileLinkTypeCode>
<MediaFileLink>http://assets.cambridge.org/97805211/52273/cover/9780521152273.jpg</MediaFileLink>
</MediaFile>
<Imprint>
<ImprintName>Cambridge University Press</ImprintName>
</Imprint>
<Publisher>
<PublishingRole>01</PublishingRole>
<PublisherName>Cambridge University Press</PublisherName>
</Publisher>
<CountryOfPublication>US</CountryOfPublication>
<PublishingStatus>04</PublishingStatus>
<PublicationDate>20100531</PublicationDate>
<SupplyDetail>
<SupplierName>Cambridge University Press Australia</SupplierName>
<Price>
<PriceTypeCode>02</PriceTypeCode>
<PriceAmount>170.00</PriceAmount>
</Price>
</SupplyDetail>
</Product>
</ONIXMessage>
